PELOTON INTERACTIVE, INC. (PTON)
SIC breadcrumb: Manufacturing > SIC Major Group 39 > SIC 3949 Sporting & Athletic Goods, NEC
SEC company page: https://www.sec.gov/edgar/browse/?CIK=1639825. Latest filing source: 0001639825-25-000138.
Informational only - descriptive public-record data, not investment advice.
Business
Read PTON's verbatim Item 1 Business section from its latest 10-K: Business.
Risk Factors
Read PTON's verbatim Item 1A Risk Factors from its latest 10-K: Risk Factors.
Selected Fundamentals
| Metric | Value | Unit | FY | Filed |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Revenue | 2,490,800,000 | USD | 2025 | 2025-08-07 |
| Net income | -118,900,000 | USD | 2025 | 2025-08-07 |
| Assets | 2,125,300,000 | USD | 2025 | 2025-08-07 |
Financials
Annual standardized facts from SEC companyfacts as of latest extracted filing date 2025-08-07. Source: https://data.sec.gov/api/xbrl/companyfacts/CIK0001639825.json. Derived margins, ratios, and free cash flow are computed from the extracted annual SEC facts.
| Metric | 2017 | 2018 | 2019 | 2020 | 2021 | 2022 | 2023 | 2024 | 2025 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Revenue | 435,000,000 | 915,000,000 | 1,825,900,000 | 4,021,800,000 | 3,582,100,000 | 2,800,200,000 | 2,700,500,000 | 2,490,800,000 | |
| Net income | -47,900,000 | -195,600,000 | -71,600,000 | -189,000,000 | -2,827,700,000 | -1,261,700,000 | -551,900,000 | -118,900,000 | |
| Operating income | -47,500,000 | -202,300,000 | -80,700,000 | -187,800,000 | -2,734,000,000 | -1,197,100,000 | -529,000,000 | -36,200,000 | |
| Gross profit | 189,600,000 | 383,600,000 | 837,700,000 | 1,454,400,000 | 698,400,000 | 923,500,000 | 1,206,500,000 | 1,268,300,000 | |
| Diluted EPS | -10.72 | -0.32 | -0.64 | -8.77 | -3.64 | -1.51 | -0.30 | ||
| Operating cash flow | 49,700,000 | -108,600,000 | 376,400,000 | -239,700,000 | -2,020,000,000 | -387,600,000 | -66,100,000 | 333,000,000 | |
| Capital expenditures | 156,500,000 | 252,300,000 | 337,300,000 | 82,400,000 | 19,700,000 | 9,300,000 | |||
| Assets | 864,500,000 | 2,981,800,000 | 4,485,600,000 | 4,028,500,000 | 2,769,100,000 | 2,185,200,000 | 2,125,300,000 | ||
| Liabilities | 462,000,000 | 1,303,800,000 | 2,731,500,000 | 3,435,600,000 | 3,064,200,000 | 2,704,300,000 | 2,539,100,000 | ||
| Stockholders' equity | -281,600,000 | -315,600,000 | -538,600,000 | 1,678,000,000 | 1,754,100,000 | 592,900,000 | -295,100,000 | -519,100,000 | -413,800,000 |
| Cash and cash equivalents | 162,100,000 | 1,035,500,000 | 1,134,800,000 | 1,253,900,000 | 813,900,000 | 697,600,000 | 1,039,500,000 | ||
| Free cash flow | 219,900,000 | -492,000,000 | -2,357,300,000 | -470,000,000 | -85,800,000 | 323,700,000 |
Ratios
| Metric | 2017 | 2018 | 2019 | 2020 | 2021 | 2022 | 2023 | 2024 | 2025 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Net margin | -11.01% | -21.38% | -3.92% | -4.70% | -78.94% | -45.06% | -20.44% | -4.77% | |
| Operating margin | -10.92% | -22.11% | -4.42% | -4.67% | -76.32% | -42.75% | -19.59% | -1.45% | |
| Return on assets | -22.63% | -2.40% | -4.21% | -70.19% | -45.56% | -25.26% | -5.59% | ||
| Current ratio | 2.00 | 2.80 | 2.27 | 2.38 | 2.15 | 1.85 | 1.79 |
Industry Peer Context
Net margin peer context
Operating margin peer context
ROA peer context
Financial Bridges
Income statement bridge from reported figures
Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts FY 2025. Revenue: accession 0001639825-25-000138; concept RevenueFromContractWithCustomerExcludingAssessedTax; source concepts us-gaap:RevenueFromContractWithCustomerExcludingAssessedTax | Gross profit: accession 0001639825-25-000138; concept GrossProfit; source concepts us-gaap:GrossProfit | Operating income: accession 0001639825-25-000138; concept OperatingIncomeLoss; source concepts us-gaap:OperatingIncomeLoss | Net income: accession 0001639825-25-000138; concept NetIncomeLoss; source concepts us-gaap:NetIncomeLoss
Free cash flow = operating cash flow - capital expenditures
Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts FY 2025. Operating cash flow: accession 0001639825-25-000138; concept NetCashProvidedByUsedInOperatingActivities; source concepts us-gaap:NetCashProvidedByUsedInOperatingActivities | Capital expenditures: accession 0001639825-25-000138; concept PaymentsToAcquireProductiveAssets; source concepts us-gaap:PaymentsToAcquireProductiveAssets | Free cash flow: accession 0001639825-25-000138; concept NetCashProvidedByUsedInOperatingActivities - PaymentsToAcquireProductiveAssets; source concepts us-gaap:NetCashProvidedByUsedInOperatingActivities; us-gaap:PaymentsToAcquireProductiveAssets
Financial Charts
Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2025 ended 2025-06-30; accession 0001639825-25-000138; filed 2025-08-07. Concept: RevenueFromContractWithCustomerExcludingAssessedTax. Source concepts: us-gaap:RevenueFromContractWithCustomerExcludingAssessedTax.
Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2025 ended 2025-06-30; accession 0001639825-25-000138; filed 2025-08-07. Concept: NetIncomeLoss. Source concepts: us-gaap:NetIncomeLoss.
Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2025 ended 2025-06-30; accession 0001639825-25-000138; filed 2025-08-07. Concept: OperatingIncomeLoss. Source concepts: us-gaap:OperatingIncomeLoss.
Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2025 ended 2025-06-30; accession 0001639825-25-000138; filed 2025-08-07. Concept: GrossProfit. Source concepts: us-gaap:GrossProfit.
Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2025 ended 2025-06-30; accession 0001639825-25-000138; filed 2025-08-07. Concept: EarningsPerShareDiluted. Source concepts: us-gaap:EarningsPerShareDiluted.
Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2025 ended 2025-06-30; accession 0001639825-25-000138; filed 2025-08-07. Concept: NetCashProvidedByUsedInOperatingActivities. Source concepts: us-gaap:NetCashProvidedByUsedInOperatingActivities.
Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2025 ended 2025-06-30; accession 0001639825-25-000138; filed 2025-08-07. Concept: PaymentsToAcquireProductiveAssets. Source concepts: us-gaap:PaymentsToAcquireProductiveAssets.
Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2025 ended 2025-06-30; accession 0001639825-25-000138; filed 2025-08-07. Concept: Assets. Source concepts: us-gaap:Assets.
Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2025 ended 2025-06-30; accession 0001639825-25-000138; filed 2025-08-07. Concept: Liabilities. Source concepts: us-gaap:Liabilities.
Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2025 ended 2025-06-30; accession 0001639825-25-000138; filed 2025-08-07. Concept: StockholdersEquity. Source concepts: us-gaap:StockholdersEquity.
Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2025 ended 2025-06-30; accession 0001639825-25-000138; filed 2025-08-07. Concept: CashAndCashEquivalentsAtCarryingValue. Source concepts: us-gaap:CashAndCashEquivalentsAtCarryingValue.
Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2025 ended 2025-06-30; accession 0001639825-25-000138; filed 2025-08-07. Concept: NetCashProvidedByUsedInOperatingActivities - PaymentsToAcquireProductiveAssets. Source concepts: us-gaap:NetCashProvidedByUsedInOperatingActivities; us-gaap:PaymentsToAcquireProductiveAssets.
Quarterly
Quarterly standardized facts from SEC companyfacts as of latest extracted filing date 2026-05-07. Source: https://data.sec.gov/api/xbrl/companyfacts/CIK0001639825.json.
| Quarter | End Date | Revenue | Net Income | Diluted EPS | Method |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2023-Q1 | 2022-09-30 | -1.20 | reported discrete quarter | ||
| 2023-Q2 | 2022-12-31 | -0.98 | reported discrete quarter | ||
| 2023-Q3 | 2023-03-31 | -0.79 | reported discrete quarter | ||
| 2023-Q4 | 2023-06-30 | 642,100,000 | -241,800,000 | derived Q4 = FY annual - nine-month YTD | |
| 2024-Q1 | 2023-09-30 | 595,500,000 | -159,300,000 | -0.44 | reported discrete quarter |
| 2024-Q2 | 2023-12-31 | 743,600,000 | -194,900,000 | -0.54 | reported discrete quarter |
| 2024-Q3 | 2024-03-31 | 717,700,000 | -167,300,000 | -0.45 | reported discrete quarter |
| 2024-Q4 | 2024-06-30 | 643,600,000 | -30,500,000 | derived Q4 = FY annual - nine-month YTD | |
| 2025-Q1 | 2024-09-30 | 586,000,000 | -900,000 | 0.00 | reported discrete quarter |
| 2025-Q2 | 2024-12-31 | 673,900,000 | -92,000,000 | -0.24 | reported discrete quarter |
| 2025-Q3 | 2025-03-31 | 624,000,000 | -47,700,000 | -0.12 | reported discrete quarter |
| 2025-Q4 | 2025-06-30 | 606,900,000 | 21,600,000 | derived Q4 = FY annual - nine-month YTD | |
| 2026-Q1 | 2025-09-30 | 550,800,000 | 13,900,000 | 0.03 | reported discrete quarter |
| 2026-Q2 | 2025-12-31 | 656,500,000 | -38,800,000 | -0.09 | reported discrete quarter |
| 2026-Q3 | 2026-03-31 | 630,900,000 | 26,400,000 | 0.06 | reported discrete quarter |
Quarterly Charts
Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2026 ended 2026-03-31; accession 0001639825-26-000022; filed 2026-05-07. Concept: RevenueFromContractWithCustomerExcludingAssessedTax. Source concepts: us-gaap:RevenueFromContractWithCustomerExcludingAssessedTax.
Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2026 ended 2026-03-31; accession 0001639825-26-000022; filed 2026-05-07. Concept: NetIncomeLoss. Source concepts: us-gaap:NetIncomeLoss.
Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2026 ended 2026-03-31; accession 0001639825-26-000022; filed 2026-05-07. Concept: EarningsPerShareDiluted. Source concepts: us-gaap:EarningsPerShareDiluted.
Macro Cross-References
- CPIAUCSL - Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers: All Items in U.S. City Average
- UNRATE - Unemployment Rate
- FEDFUNDS - Federal Funds Effective Rate
- CES0500000003 - Average Hourly Earnings of All Employees, Total Private
- DFEDTARU - Federal Funds Target Range - Upper Limit
- DFEDTARL - Federal Funds Target Range - Lower Limit
- DGS3MO - Market Yield on U.S. Treasury Securities at 3-Month Constant Maturity
- DGS2 - Market Yield on U.S. Treasury Securities at 2-Year Constant Maturity
- DGS10 - Market Yield on U.S. Treasury Securities at 10-Year Constant Maturity
- DGS30 - Market Yield on U.S. Treasury Securities at 30-Year Constant Maturity
- T10Y2Y - 10-Year Treasury Constant Maturity Minus 2-Year Treasury Constant Maturity
- CPILFESL - Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers: All Items Less Food and Energy
- CPIUFDSL - Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers: Food
- CPIENGSL - Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers: Energy
- CUSR0000SAH1 - Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers: Shelter
- PCEPI - Personal Consumption Expenditures: Chain-type Price Index
- PCEPILFE - Personal Consumption Expenditures Excluding Food and Energy: Chain-type Price Index
- PPIACO - Producer Price Index by Commodity: All Commodities
- T10YIE - 10-Year Breakeven Inflation Rate
- U6RATE - Total Unemployed, Plus All Marginally Attached Workers Plus Total Employed Part Time for Economic Reasons
- PAYEMS - All Employees, Total Nonfarm
- CIVPART - Labor Force Participation Rate
- EMRATIO - Employment-Population Ratio
- UNEMPLOY - Unemployed
- CE16OV - Employment Level
- ICSA - Initial Claims
- JTSJOL - Job Openings: Total Nonfarm
- JTSQUR - Quits: Total Nonfarm
- GDPC1 - Real Gross Domestic Product
- A191RL1Q225SBEA - Real Gross Domestic Product: Percent Change from Preceding Period
- INDPRO - Industrial Production: Total Index
- TCU - Capacity Utilization: Total Index
- HOUST - New Privately-Owned Housing Units Started: Total Units
- PERMIT - New Privately-Owned Housing Units Authorized in Permit-Issuing Places: Total Units
- RSAFS - Advance Retail Sales: Retail Trade
- PCE - Personal Consumption Expenditures
- DSPIC96 - Real Disposable Personal Income
- PSAVERT - Personal Saving Rate
- M2SL - M2
- BOPGSTB - U.S. International Trade in Goods and Services: Balance
- MSPUS - Median Sales Price of Houses Sold for the United States
- HSN1F - New One Family Houses Sold: United States
- RHORUSQ156N - Homeownership Rate in the United States
- TTLCONS - Total Construction Spending: Total Construction in the United States
- RRVRUSQ156N - Rental Vacancy Rate in the United States
- TOTALSL - Total Consumer Credit Owned and Securitized
- REVOLSL - Revolving Consumer Credit Owned and Securitized
- DRCCLACBS - Delinquency Rate on Credit Card Loans, All Commercial Banks
- GDP - Gross Domestic Product
- GPDI - Gross Private Domestic Investment
- GCE - Government Consumption Expenditures and Gross Investment
- PCEC - Personal Consumption Expenditures
- NETEXP - Net Exports of Goods and Services
- GFDEBTN - Federal Debt: Total Public Debt
- GFDEGDQ188S - Federal Debt: Total Public Debt as Percent of Gross Domestic Product
- FYFSD - Federal Surplus or Deficit
- FGRECPT - Federal Government Current Receipts
- FGEXPND - Federal Government: Current Expenditures
- MANEMP - All Employees, Manufacturing
- USCONS - All Employees, Construction
- USTRADE - All Employees, Retail Trade
- USFIRE - All Employees, Financial Activities
- USGOVT - All Employees, Government
- AWHAETP - Average Weekly Hours of All Employees, Total Private
- DGORDER - Manufacturers' New Orders: Durable Goods
- NEWORDER - Manufacturers' New Orders: Nondefense Capital Goods Excluding Aircraft
- BUSINV - Total Business Inventories
- EXPGS - Exports of Goods and Services
- IMPGS - Imports of Goods and Services
- IR - Import Price Index (End Use): All Commodities
- PPIFIS - Producer Price Index by Commodity: Final Demand
Latest quarter (10-Q)
Latest 10-Q source: 0001639825-26-000022.
Item 2. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our interim condensed consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q and with our audited consolidated financial statements included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2025, filed with the SEC on August 7, 2025 (“Form 10-K”). As discussed in the section titled "Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements," the following discussion and analysis contains forward looking statements that involve risks, uncertainties, assumptions, and other important factors that, if they never materialize or prove incorrect, could cause our results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by such forward looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to these differences include, but are not limited to, those identified below and those discussed in the section titled "Risk Factors" in Part II, Item 1A of this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q and in Part I, Item 1A of the Form 10-K.
Overview
Peloton is a leading global fitness and wellness company that empowers its Members (as defined below) to live fit, strong, long, and happy by providing fitness and wellness products and services they can use anytime, anywhere. We have a highly engaged community of nearly 5.8 million Members as of March 31, 2026, across the United States, United Kingdom, Canada, Germany, Australia, and Austria. As a category innovator at the nexus of fitness and wellness, technology, and media, we deliver experiences through our world-renowned Instructors, premium hardware and innovative software, personalization, and extensive modalities and content formats. Founded in 2012 and headquartered in New York City, Peloton aims to scale across the markets in which it operates.
We define a “Member” as any individual who has a Peloton account through a Paid Connected Fitness Subscription or a Paid App Subscription, inclusive of the Peloton App+, App One, Strength+, and Breathwrk Memberships (our “Peloton Apps”), and engages in one or more workouts in the trailing 12-month period. We define workout engagement as either (i) completing the lesser of 50% or 10 minutes of Instructor-led classes, Scenic, and Lanebreak workouts; (ii) at least 10 minutes of any activity tracking workout (such as “Just Ride”, “Just Run”, or “Just Row”) or Entertainment workout; (iii) at least 5 minutes of any Strength+ workout with 80% of sets marked complete; or (iv) completing a Breathwrk class.
In October 2025, we launched the Cross Training Series, a refreshed portfolio of Connected Fitness Products, which includes the Cross Training Bike, Bike+, Tread, Tread+, and Row+. We also launched the Peloton Pro Series, a refresh of our portfolio of commercial-certified Peloton-branded products, which now includes the Bike+ Pro, Tread+ Pro, and Row+ Pro. In connection with the Cross Training Series launch, we discontinued the sale of our original series (the “Original Series”) Tread, Tread+, and Row; however we continue to sell the refurbished Original Series Bike and Bike+, as well as our Precor products (collectively with the Cross Training Series and the Peloton Pro Series, the "Connected Fitness Products").
Access to all of the Peloton Apps is available with an All-Access Membership for Members who have Connected Fitness Products or through a standalone App+ Membership. Our revenue is generated primarily from recurring Subscription Revenue and the sale of our Connected Fitness Products. We define a “Paid Connected Fitness Subscription” as a person, household, or commercial property, such as a hotel or residential building, that has paid for a subscription to a Connected Fitness Product (a Connected Fitness Subscription with a successful credit card billing or with prepaid subscription credits or waivers). “Paid App Subscriptions” include all subscriptions to our Peloton Apps for which we currently receive payment.
Our financial profile has been characterized by strong retention, recurring revenue, and efficient customer acquisition. We believe that our low Average Net Monthly Paid Connected Fitness Subscription Churn, together with our high Subscription Gross Profit and Subscription Contribution Margin, yields an attractive lifetime value (“LTV”) for our Connected Fitness Subscriptions well in excess of our customer acquisition costs (“CAC”). Maintaining an attractive LTV/CAC ratio is a primary goal of our customer acquisition strategy.
Restructuring
In August 2025, we announced a restructuring plan (the “2025 Restructuring Plan”), which includes a reduction in global headcount and is intended to continue to improve our cost structure, operating efficiency, and profitability, while providing us the opportunity to return to growth by reinvesting expected savings into our differentiating capabilities. We expect the 2025 Restructuring Plan to be substantially implemented by the end of fiscal year 2026, which is subject to change.
In connection with the 2025 Restructuring Plan, we estimate that we will incur additional cash restructuring charges of approximately $15.0 million, primarily comprising location strategy costs, lease termination costs, and other exit costs. Additionally, we expect to recognize additional non-cash restructuring charges of approximately $5.0 million, primarily comprising asset write-downs and write-offs in connection with the continued exit of our retail and other leased locations. We expect these charges to be substantially incurred by the end of fiscal year 2026, which is subject to change.
Upon full implementation, we expect the 2025 Restructuring Plan to achieve at least $100.0 million of run-rate savings by the end of fiscal year 2026.
We may not be able to realize the cost savings and benefits initially anticipated as a result of the Restructuring Plans, and implementation and transition costs may be greater than expected. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Business — We may not successfully execute or achieve the expected benefits of our restructuring initiatives and other cost-saving measures we may take in the future, and our efforts may result in further actions and/or additional asset impairment charges and adversely affect our business” in the Form 10-K.
22
Table of Contents
Global Trade Policies and Tariffs
We continue to closely monitor changes in international trade policies, relations, legislation and regulations, including those related to tariffs, which could adversely impact the global economy and our business, financial condition, and operating results. The impact of any tariffs will depend on various factors, including whether certain tariffs are ultimately implemented, the timing of implementation, and the amount, scope and nature of the tariffs.
On February 20, 2026, the U.S. Supreme Court issued a decision invalidating tariffs imposed under the International Emergency Economic Power Act ("IEEPA"). We are closely monitoring updates from U.S. Customs and Border Protection (“CBP”), and are positioned to submit our IEEPA tariff refund claim as soon as CBP is ready to accept such refund claims. We will continue to evaluate new information and will recognize any IEEPA tariff refunds or related receivables when they are realized or realizable.
While IEEPA tariffs are no longer effective, we are now currently subject to Section 122 tariffs of 10%. Additionally, on April 2, 2026, President Trump issued a presidential proclamation modifying the application of Section 232 tariffs on steel, aluminum, and their derivative products, which, among other things, removed fitness equipment from the scope of those tariffs. As a result, as of April 6, 2026, the steel and aluminum content in our Connected Fitness Products is no longer subject to Section 232 tariffs of 50%.
Voluntary Recall
As previously disclosed, on November 6, 2025, in collaboration with the U.S. Consumer Product Safety Commission and Health Canada, we announced a voluntary recall of about 833,000 units in the U.S. and 44,800 units in Canada of the Original Series Bike+ (not Cross Training Bike+). We are offering Members a free replacement seat post as the approved remedy.
As of March 31, 2026, we have accrued $7.2 million to replace Original Series Bike+ seat posts, which is a reduction from our accrual of $16.5 million as of September 30, 2025. This reduction is primarily driven by the utilization of our previously established accrual. We have not established any incremental accruals since September 30, 2025. This accrual is based on an amount that we deem probable and estimable and is reflected in Connected Fitness Products Cost of revenue in our Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss).
We may continue to incur additional costs beyond what we have currently estimated to be probable and reasonably estimable, including in connection with the voluntary recall, and if the number of reported incidents involving the Original Series Bike+ seat post materially increases, such additional costs may be material. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Connected Fitness Products and Members — Our products and services may be affected from time to time by design and manufacturing defects or product safety issues, real or perceived, that could adversely affect our business and result in harm to our reputation” in the Form 10-K.
Key Operational and Business Metrics
In addition to the measures presented in our interim condensed consolidated financial statements, we use the following key operational and business metrics to evaluate our business, measure our performance, develop financial forecasts, and make strategic decisions.
| Three Months Ended March 31, | ||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2026 | 2025 | |||||
| Ending Paid Connected Fitness Subscriptions (in millions) | 2.662 | 2.880 | ||||
| Average Net Monthly Paid Connected Fitness Subscription Churn | 1.2 | % | 1.2 | % | ||
| Ending Paid App Subscriptions (in millions) | 0.522 | 0.573 | ||||
| Subscription Gross Profit (in millions) | $ | 304.3 | $ | 288.8 | ||
| Subscription Contribution (in millions)(1) | $ | 318.3 | $ | 304.9 | ||
| Subscription Gross Margin | 71.1 | % | 69.0 | % | ||
| Subscription Contribution Margin(1) | 74.4 | % | 72.9 | % | ||
| Net income (loss) (in millions) | $ | 26.4 | $ | (47.7) | ||
| Adjusted EBITDA (in millions)(2) | $ | 126.2 | $ | 89.4 | ||
| Net cash provided by operating activities (in millions) | $ | 152.7 | $ | 96.7 | ||
| Free Cash Flow (in millions)(3) | $ | 150.5 | $ | 94.7 |
______________________________
(1) Please see the section titled “Non-GAAP Financial Measures—Subscription Contribution and Subscription Contribution Margin” for a reconciliation of Subscription Gross Profit to Subscription Contribution and an explanation of why we consider Subscription Contribution and Subscription Contribution Margin to be helpful measures for investors.
(2) Please see the section titled “Non-GAAP Financial Measures—Adjusted EBITDA” for a reconciliation of Net income (loss) to Adjusted EBITDA and an explanation of why we consider Adjusted EBITDA to be a helpful measure for investors.
(3) Please see the section titled “Non-GAAP Financial Measures—Free Cash Flow” for a reconciliation of Net cash provided by operating activities to Free Cash Flow and an explanation of why we consider Free Cash Flow to be a helpful measure for investors.
23
Table of Contents
Ending Paid Connected Fitness Subscriptions
Ending Paid Connected Fitness Subscriptions includes all Connected Fitness Subscriptions for which we are currently receiving payment (a successful credit card billing or prepaid subscription credit or waiver). We do not include paused Connected
[Excerpt truncated for page length; source filing is linked above.]
Latest 10-K MD&A
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. As discussed in the section titled "Special Note Regarding Forward Looking Statements," the following discussion and analysis contains forward looking statements that involve risks, uncertainties, assumptions, and other important factors that, if they never materialize or prove incorrect, could cause our results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by such forward looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to these differences include, but are not limited to, those identified below and those discussed in the section titled "Risk Factors" in Part I, Item 1A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
A discussion of our results of operations for our fiscal year ended June 30, 2024 compared to the year ended June 30, 2023 is included our Annual
Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2024, filed with the SEC on August 22, 2024 (File No. 001-39058) under the heading “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”
Overview
Peloton is a leading global fitness and wellness company that empowers its Members to live fit, strong, long, and happy by providing fitness and wellness products and services they can use anytime, anywhere. We have a highly engaged community of approximately 6 million Members as of June 30, 2025, across the United States, United Kingdom, Canada, Germany, Australia, and Austria. As a category innovator at the nexus of fitness and wellness, technology, and media, we deliver experiences through our world-renowned Instructors, premium hardware and innovative software, personalization, and extensive modalities and content formats. Founded in 2012 and headquartered in New York City, Peloton aims to scale across the markets in which it operates.
We define a “Member” as any individual who has a Peloton account through a paid Connected Fitness Subscription or a paid App Subscription, inclusive of the Peloton App+, App One and Strength+ Memberships (our “Peloton Apps”), and engages in one or more workouts in the trailing 12-month period. We define workout engagement as either (i) completing the lesser of 50% or 10 minutes of Instructor-led classes, Scenic, and Lanebreak workouts; (ii) at least 10 minutes of any activity tracking workout (such as “Just Ride,” “Just Run,” or “Just Row”) or Entertainment workout; or (iii) at least 5 minutes of any Strength+ workout with 80% of sets marked complete.
Our Connected Fitness Products portfolio includes the Peloton Bike, Bike+, Tread, Tread+, Guide, Row and various Precor products. Access to the Peloton Apps is available with an All-Access or Guide Membership for Members who have Connected Fitness Products or through a standalone App Membership (App+, App One, or Strength+). Access to the Strength+ App is available with an All-Access, Guide, or App+ Membership or through a standalone Strength+ subscription. Our revenue is generated primarily from recurring Subscription revenue and the sale of our Connected Fitness Products. We define a “Paid Connected Fitness Subscription” as a person, household, or commercial property, such as a hotel or residential building, that has paid for a subscription to a Connected Fitness Product (a Connected Fitness Subscription with a successful credit card billing or with prepaid subscription credits or waivers). “Paid App Subscriptions” include all subscriptions to our Peloton Apps for which we currently receive payment.
Our financial profile has been characterized by strong retention, recurring revenue, and efficient customer acquisition. We believe that our low Average Net Monthly Paid Connected Fitness Subscription Churn, together with our high Subscription Gross Profit and Subscription Contribution Margin, yields an attractive lifetime value (“LTV”) for our Connected Fitness Subscriptions well in excess of our customer acquisition costs (“CAC”). Maintaining an attractive LTV/CAC ratio is a primary goal of our customer acquisition strategy.
Restructuring
In August 2025, the Company announced a new restructuring plan (the “2025 Restructuring Plan”), which includes a reduction in global headcount and is intended to improve the Company’s cost structure, operating efficiency, and profitability, while providing us the opportunity to return to growth by reinvesting expected savings into our differentiating capabilities. The Company expects the 2025 Restructuring Plan to be substantially implemented by the end of fiscal year 2026, which is subject to change.
As of June 30, 2025, actions pursuant to our 2024 Restructuring Plan, which includes any remaining restructuring activity under the original 2022 Restructuring Plan, have been substantially completed. As such, any remaining charges under these plans are included within the 2025 Restructuring Plan.
In connection with the 2025 Restructuring Plan, we estimate that we will incur additional cash restructuring charges of approximately $50.0 million, primarily comprised of location strategy costs, lease termination costs, and other exit costs. Additionally, we expect to recognize additional non-cash restructuring charges of approximately $10.0 million, primarily comprised of asset write-downs and write-offs, in connection with the continued exit of the Company’s retail and other leased locations. We expect these charges to be substantially incurred by the end of fiscal year 2026, which is subject to change.
Upon full implementation, we expect the 2025 Restructuring Plan to achieve at least $100 million of run-rate savings by the end of fiscal year 2026.
We may not be able to realize the cost savings and benefits initially anticipated as a result of the Restructuring Plans, and implementation and transition costs may be greater than expected. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—We may not successfully execute or achieve the expected benefits of our restructuring initiatives and other cost-saving measures we may take in the future, and our efforts may result in further actions and/or additional asset impairment charges and adversely affect our business” in Part I, Item 1A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
43
Global Trade Policies and Tariffs
We continue to closely monitor changes in international trade policies, relations, legislation and regulations, including those related to tariffs, which could adversely impact the global economy and our business, financial condition, and operating results. The impact of any tariffs will depend on various factors, including whether the tariffs are ultimately implemented, the timing of implementation, and the amount, scope and nature of the tariffs.
Other Developments
We have received a small number of reports that a Bike+ seat post broke during use. We are planning to offer certain Bike+ Members our newest seat post as a replacement for their existing seat post. We do not currently expect that the expenses associated with this plan will be material to our financial position. In the event we incur material expenses or face other challenges relating to the Bike+ seat post, including the implementation of other measures resulting from our engagement with governmental authorities on this matter, our results of operations, financial condition and reputation could be adversely affected.
Key Operational and Business Metrics
In addition to the measures presented in our consolidated financial statements, we use the following key operational and business metrics to evaluate our business, measure our performance, develop financial forecasts, and make strategic decisions.
| Fiscal Year Ended June 30, | ||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2025 | 2024 | 2023 | ||||||||
| Ending Paid Connected Fitness Subscriptions(1)(2) | 2,799,943 | 2,976,265 | 2,997,928 | |||||||
| Average Net Monthly Paid Connected Fitness Subscription Churn(1)(2) | 1.6 | % | 1.4 | % | 1.3 | % | ||||
| Ending Paid App Subscriptions(1) | 552,451 | 621,432 | 831,065 | |||||||
| Average Monthly Paid App Subscription Churn(1)(3) | 7.0 | % | 7.7 | % | — | |||||
| Subscription Gross Profit (in millions) | $ | 1,157.1 | $ | 1,157.7 | $ | 1,122.1 | ||||
| Subscription Contribution (in millions)(4) | $ | 1,222.0 | $ | 1,231.6 | $ | 1,201.8 | ||||
| Subscription Gross Margin | 69.1 | % | 67.8 | % | 67.2 | % | ||||
| Subscription Contribution Margin(4) | 73.0 | % | 72.1 | % | 72.0 | % | ||||
| Net loss (in millions) | $ | (118.9) | $ | (551.9) | $ | (1,261.7) | ||||
| Adjusted EBITDA (in millions)(5) | $ | 403.6 | $ | 3.5 | $ | (208.5) | ||||
| Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities (in millions) | $ | 333.0 | $ | (66.1) | $ | (387.6) | ||||
| Free Cash Flow (in millions)(6) | $ | 323.7 | $ | (85.8) | $ | (470.0) |
______________________________
(1) Beginning January 1, 2025, the Company migrated its subscription data model for reporting Ending Paid Connected Fitness Subscriptions, Average Net Monthly Paid Connected Fitness Subscription Churn, Ending Paid App Subscriptions, and Average Monthly Paid App Subscription Churn to a new data model that provides greater visibility to changes to a subscription's payment status when they occur. The new model gives the Company more precise and timely data on subscription pause and churn behavior. Prior period information has been revised to conform with current period presentation. The impact of this change in the model on Ending Paid Connected Fitness Subscriptions, Average Net Monthly Paid Connected Fitness Subscription Churn, Ending Paid App Subscriptions and Average Monthly Paid App Subscription Churn for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2025, 2024, and 2023 is immaterial.
(2) New reporting metrics, effective as of the beginning of fiscal year 2024, Ending Paid Connected Fitness Subscriptions replaced Ending Connected Fitness Subscriptions, and Average Net Monthly Paid Connected Fitness Subscription Churn replaced Average Net Monthly Connected Fitness Churn. See definitions below.
(3) This metric, effective as of the beginning of fiscal year 2024, is reported on a go-forward basis as it includes App One and App+ subscriptions that were not available during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2023.
(4) Please see the section titled “Non-GAAP Financial Measures—Subscription Contribution and Subscription Contribution Margin” for a reconciliation of Subscription Gross Profit to Subscription Contribution and an explanation of why we consider Subscription Contribution and Subscription Contribution Margin to be helpful measures for investors.
(5) Please see the section titled “Non-GAAP Financial Measures—Adjusted EBITDA” for a reconciliation of Net loss to Adjusted EBITDA and an explanation of why we consider Adjusted EBITDA to be a helpful measure for investors.
(6) Please see the section titled “Non-GAAP Financial Measures—Free Cash Flow” for a reconciliation of net cash provided by (used in) operating activities to Free Cash Flow and an explanation of why we consider Free Cash Flow to be a helpful measure for investors.
Ending Paid Connected Fitness Subscriptions
Ending Paid Connected Fitness Subscriptions includes all Connected Fitness Subscriptions for which we are currently receiving payment (a successful credit card billing or prepaid subscription credit or waiver). Prior to fiscal year 2024, we included a Connected Fitness Subscription that is paused for up to three months as a Connected Fitness Subscription. Because there is no payment on a paused subscription, effective as of the beginning of fiscal year 2024, we do not include paused Connected Fitness Subscriptions in our Ending Paid Connected Fitness Subscription count.
Average Net Monthly Paid Connected Fitness Subscription Churn
To align with the definition of Ending Paid Connected Fitness Subscriptions above, our quarterly Average Net Monthly Paid Connected Fitness Subscription Churn is calculated as follows: Paid Connected Fitness Subscriber “churn count” in the quarter, divided by the average number of beginning Paid Connected Fitness Subscribers each month, divided by three months. “Churn count” is defined as quarterly Connected Fitness Subscription churn events minus Connected Fitness Subscription unpause events minus Connected Fitness Subscription reactivations. Our
44
annual Average Net Monthly Paid Connected Fitness Subscription Churn for each of the fiscal years ended June 30, 2025, 2024, and 2023 is calculated in the same manner, divided by twelve months, during each respective fiscal year.
We refer to any cancellation or pausing of a subscription for our All-Access Membership as a churn event. Because we do not receive payment for paused Connected Fitness Subscriptions, a paused Connected Fitness Subscription is now treated as a churn event at the time the pause goes into effect, which is the start of the next billing cycle. An unpause event occurs when a pause period elapses without a cancellation and the Connected Fitness Subscription resumes, and is therefore counted as a reduction in our churn count in that period. Consistent with our previous practice, our churn count is shown net of reactivations and our new quarterly Average Net Monthly Paid Connected Fitness Subscription Churn metric averages the monthly Connected Fitness churn percentage across the three months of the reported quarter.
Prior to fiscal year 2024, we reported Average Net Monthly Connected Fitness Churn, which is defined as Connected Fitness Subscription cancellations, net of reactivations, in the quarter, divided by the average number of beginning Connected Fitness Subscriptions in each month, divided by three months. This metric does not treat a pause of a Connected Fitness Subscription as a churn event. When a Connected Fitness Subscription payment method fails, we communicate with our Members to update their payment method and make multiple attempts over several days to charge the payment method on file and reactivate the subscription. We cancel a Member's Connected Fitness Subscription when it remains unpaid for two days after their billing cycle date.
Furthermore, we have reported our Average Net Monthly Connected Fitness Churn metric net of reactivations. Under this metric, a Connected Fitness Subscriber that cancels their membership (a churn event) and resubscribes in a subsequent period is considered a reactivation and is counted as a reduction in our churn count in the period during which the Subscriber resubscribes. These metrics do not include data related to Subscribers to our Peloton Apps.
Ending Paid App Subscriptions
Ending Paid App Subscriptions include all subscriptions to our Peloton Apps for which we are currently receiving payment.
Average Monthly Paid App Subscription Churn
When a Subscriber to our Peloton Apps cancels their membership (a churn event) and resubscribes in a subsequent period, the resubscription is considered a new subscription (rather than a reactivation that is counted as a reduction in our churn count). Our quarterly Average Paid App Subscription Churn is calculated as follows: Paid App Subscription cancellations in the quarter, divided by the average number of beginning Paid App Subscriptions each month, divided by three months. Our annual Average Monthly Paid App Subscription Churn for each of the fiscal years ended June 30, 2025, 2024, and 2023 is calculated in the same manner, divided by twelve months, during each respective fiscal year.
Components of our Results of Operations
Revenue
Connected Fitness Products
Connected Fitness Products Revenue primarily consists of sales of our portfolio of Connected Fitness Products and related accessories, as well as Precor-branded fitness products, delivery and installation services, Peloton Bike portfolio rental products, extended warranty agreements, branded apparel, and commercial service contracts. Connected Fitness Products Revenue is recognized at the time of delivery, except for extended warranty revenue that is recognized over the warranty period and service revenue that is recognized over the term, and is recorded net of sales returns and concessions, discounts and allowances, and third-party financing program fees, when applicable.
Subscription
Subscription Revenue primarily consists of revenue generated from our Paid Connected Fitness Subscriptions and Paid Peloton App Subscriptions, inclusive of the Strength+ App, which are offered on a month-to-month or prepaid basis.
As of June 30, 2025, 99% and 82% of our Connected Fitness Subscription and Paid App Subscription bases, respectively, were paying month-to-month.
If a Connected Fitness Subscription owns multiple, different Peloton Connected Fitness Products (such as a Peloton Bike and Peloton Tread) in the same household, the price of the Subscription remains $44 monthly. As of June 30, 2025, approximately 12% of our Connected Fitness Subscriptions owned multiple, different Connected Fitness Products.
Cost of revenue
Connected Fitness Products
Connected Fitness Products Cost of revenue primarily consists of our portfolio of Connected Fitness Products, related accessories, Precor-branded fitness products, and branded apparel product costs, including third party manufacturing costs, duties and other applicable importing costs, shipping and handling costs, packaging, warranty replacement and service costs, fulfillment costs, warehousing costs, costs related to our commercial business, depreciation of property and equipment, and certain costs related to management, facilities, and personnel-related expenses, including stock-based compensation expense, and expense associated with supply chain logistics. Inventory write-downs and related obsolescence reserve expense are also included within Connected Fitness Products Cost of revenue.
45
Subscription
Subscription Cost of revenue primarily consists of costs associated with content creation and costs to stream content to our Members. These costs consist of both fixed costs, including Instructor, content, and production personnel-related expenses, including stock-based compensation expense, depreciation of property and equipment, studio rent and occupancy, and other studio overhead, as well as variable costs, including music royalty fees, third-party platform streaming costs, and payment processing fees for our monthly subscription billings.
Operating expenses
Sales and marketing
Sales and marketing expense primarily consists of performance marketing media spend, asset creation, and other brand creative, sales and marketing personnel-related expenses, including stock-based compensation expense, costs to operate our retail showrooms including rent and occupancy charges, payment processing fees incurred in connection with the sale of our Connected Fitness Products, expenses related to the Peloton Apps, and depreciation of property and equipment.
General and administrative
General and administrative expense primarily consists of personnel-related expenses, including stock-based compensation expense, and facilities-related costs, primarily for our executive, finance, accounting, legal, human resources, IT functions and Member support team. General and administrative expense also includes software and IT costs, fees for professional services principally comprising legal, audit, tax and accounting services, depreciation of property and equipment, insurance, and litigation settlement costs.
Research and development
Research and development expense primarily consists of personnel-related expenses, including stock-based compensation expense, and facilities-related expenses, consulting and contractor expenses, tooling and prototype materials, software platform expenses, and depreciation of property and equipment. We capitalize certain qualified costs incurred in connection with the development of internal-use software that may also cause research and development expenses to vary from period to period.
Impairment expense
Impairment expense primarily consists of non-cash impairment charges relating to long-lived assets. Impairments are determined using management’s judgment about our anticipated ability to continue to use fixed assets in-service and under development, current economic and market conditions and their effects based on information available as of the date of these consolidated financial statements. Additionally, long-lived assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset group may not be recoverable. Management disposes of fixed assets during the regular course of business due to damage, obsolescence, strategic shifts, and loss.
Restructuring expense
Restructuring expense consists of severance and other personnel costs, including stock-based compensation expense, professional services, facility closures and other costs associated with exit and disposal activities.
Supplier settlements
Supplier settlements are payments made to third-party suppliers to terminate certain future inventory purchase commitments or settle disputes with suppliers about and to terminate certain alleged past and future commitments.
Non-operating income and expenses
Total other expense, net
Total other expense, net primarily consists of interest (expense) income, unrealized and realized (losses) gains on investments, net gains relating to our refinancing activities, and foreign exchange gains (losses).
Income tax expense (benefit)
The provision for income taxes primarily consists of income taxes related to state and international taxes for jurisdictions in which we conduct business. We maintain a valuation allowance on the majority of our deferred tax assets as we have concluded that it is more likely than not that the deferred assets will not be utilized.
46
Results of Operations
The following tables set forth our consolidated results of operations in dollars and as a percentage of total revenue for the periods presented. The period-to-period comparisons of our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future.
| Fiscal Year Ended June 30, | ||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2025 | 2024 | 2023 | ||||||||
| (in millions) | ||||||||||
| Consolidated Statement of Operations Data: | ||||||||||
| Revenue | ||||||||||
| Connected Fitness Products | $ | 817.1 | $ | 991.7 | $ | 1,130.2 | ||||
| Subscription | 1,673.7 | 1,708.7 | 1,670.1 | |||||||
| Total revenue | 2,490.8 | 2,700.5 | 2,800.2 | |||||||
| Cost of revenue(1)(2) | ||||||||||
| Connected Fitness Products | 705.9 | 943.0 | 1,328.8 | |||||||
| Subscription | 516.6 | 551.0 | 547.9 | |||||||
| Total cost of revenue | 1,222.5 | 1,494.0 | 1,876.7 | |||||||
| Gross profit | 1,268.3 | 1,206.5 | 923.5 | |||||||
| Operating expenses | ||||||||||
| Sales and marketing(1)(2) | 421.6 | 658.9 | 648.2 | |||||||
| General and administrative(1)(2) | 527.3 | 651.0 | 798.1 | |||||||
| Research and development(1)(2) | 234.2 | 304.8 | 318.4 | |||||||
| Impairment expense | 64.1 | 57.3 | 144.5 | |||||||
| Restructuring expense(1) | 33.8 | 66.1 | 189.4 | |||||||
| Supplier settlements | 23.5 | (2.6) | 22.0 | |||||||
| Total operating expenses | 1,304.5 | 1,735.5 | 2,120.6 | |||||||
| Loss from operations | (36.2) | (529.0) | (1,197.1) | |||||||
| Other expense, net: | ||||||||||
| Interest expense | (134.5) | (112.5) | (97.1) | |||||||
| Interest income | 32.7 | 35.1 | 26.4 | |||||||
| Foreign exchange gain (loss) | 22.4 | — | 7.0 | |||||||
| Other income, net | 0.1 | 0.7 | 2.9 | |||||||
| Net gain on debt refinancing | — | 53.6 | — | |||||||
| Total other expense, net | (79.3) | (23.2) | (60.9) | |||||||
| Loss before income taxes | (115.6) | (552.1) | (1,258.0) | |||||||
| Income tax expense (benefit) | 3.4 | (0.2) | 3.7 | |||||||
| Net loss | $ | (118.9) | $ | (551.9) | $ | (1,261.7) |
____________________
47
(1) Includes stock-based compensation expense as follows:
| Fiscal Year Ended June 30, | ||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2025 | 2024 | 2023 | ||||||||
| (in millions) | ||||||||||
| Cost of revenue | ||||||||||
| Connected Fitness Products | $ | 9.3 | $ | 10.1 | $ | 14.3 | ||||
| Subscription | 36.3 | 39.3 | 42.8 | |||||||
| Total cost of revenue | 45.7 | 49.5 | 57.1 | |||||||
| Sales and marketing | 16.4 | 19.7 | 28.9 | |||||||
| General and administrative | 121.9 | 177.1 | 167.2 | |||||||
| Research and development | 44.8 | 58.8 | 66.7 | |||||||
| Restructuring expense | 0.8 | 6.6 | 85.0 | |||||||
| Total stock-based compensation expense | $ | 229.6 | $ | 311.7 | $ | 405.0 |
During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2024, in connection with the CEO transition, we recognized stock-based compensation expense of $41.9 million for one year of accelerated vesting of stock options, which had an exercise price of $38.77 per share and a grant date fair value of approximately $167.6 million. In addition, we recognized incremental stock-based compensation expense of $5.4 million for the modification of stock option awards related to extension of the exercise window through December 31, 2027. These expenses were recognized within General and administrative expense in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss.
____________________
(2) Includes depreciation and amortization expense as follows:
| Fiscal Year Ended June 30, | ||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2025 | 2024 | 2023 | ||||||||
| (in millions) | ||||||||||
| Cost of revenue | ||||||||||
| Connected Fitness Products | $ | 16.3 | $ | 16.5 | $ | 18.7 | ||||
| Subscription | 28.5 | 34.6 | 36.9 | |||||||
| Total cost of revenue | 44.9 | 51.0 | 55.5 | |||||||
| Sales and marketing | 17.4 | 23.4 | 31.1 | |||||||
| General and administrative | 17.6 | 23.7 | 26.3 | |||||||
| Research and development | 9.7 | 10.7 | 11.4 | |||||||
| Total depreciation and amortization expense | $ | 89.7 | $ | 108.8 | $ | 124.3 |
Comparison of the fiscal years ended June 30, 2025 and 2024
Revenue
| Fiscal Year Ended June 30, | |||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2025 | 2024 | % Change | |||||||
| (dollars in millions) | |||||||||
| Revenue: | |||||||||
| Connected Fitness Products | $ | 817.1 | $ | 991.7 | (17.6)% | ||||
| Subscription | 1,673.7 | 1,708.7 | (2.1) | ||||||
| Total revenue | $ | 2,490.8 | $ | 2,700.5 | (7.8)% | ||||
| Percentage of revenue | |||||||||
| Connected Fitness Products | 32.8 | % | 36.7 | % | |||||
| Subscription | 67.2 | 63.3 | |||||||
| Total | 100.0 | % | 100.0 | % |
Fiscal Years Ended June 30, 2025 and 2024
Connected Fitness Products Revenue decreased $174.6 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2025 compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2024. This decrease was primarily attributable to fewer Connected Fitness product deliveries driven by lower demand during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2025, partially offset by improvements in Precor revenue and more Tread+ deliveries during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2025.
48
Subscription Revenue decreased $35.0 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2025 compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2024. This decrease was primarily due to decreases in Paid Connected Fitness and App Subscriptions, partially offset by an increase in content licensing revenue and incremental Used Equipment Activation Fee revenue, which was introduced during the first quarter of fiscal 2025.
Cost of Revenue, Gross Profit, and Gross Margin
| Fiscal Year Ended June 30, | |||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2025 | 2024 | % Change | |||||||
| (dollars in millions) | |||||||||
| Cost of Revenue: | |||||||||
| Connected Fitness Products | $ | 705.9 | $ | 943.0 | (25.1)% | ||||
| Subscription | 516.6 | 551.0 | (6.2) | ||||||
| Total cost of revenue | $ | 1,222.5 | $ | 1,494.0 | (18.2)% | ||||
| Gross Profit: | |||||||||
| Connected Fitness Products | $ | 111.2 | $ | 48.8 | 128.1% | ||||
| Subscription | 1,157.1 | 1,157.7 | (0.1) | ||||||
| Total Gross profit | $ | 1,268.3 | $ | 1,206.5 | 5.1% | ||||
| Gross Margin: | |||||||||
| Connected Fitness Products | 13.6 | % | 4.9 | % | |||||
| Subscription | 69.1 | % | 67.8 | % |
Fiscal Years Ended June 30, 2025 and 2024
Connected Fitness Products Cost of revenue for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2025 decreased $237.1 million, or 25.1%, compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2024. This decrease was primarily driven by fewer Connected Fitness product deliveries, resulting from lower demand during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2025, as well as lower freight and warehousing costs. This decrease was partially offset by higher Precor sales and more Tread+ deliveries during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2025.
Our Connected Fitness Products Gross Margin increased to 13.6% for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2025 compared to 4.9% for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2024, primarily driven a mix shift towards higher margin products, as well as lower inventory write-downs and lower warehousing and transportation costs during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2025 when compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2024. These improvements were partially offset by changes in our warranty reserves.
Subscription Cost of revenue for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2025 decreased $34.4 million, or 6.2%, compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2024. This decrease was primarily attributable to lower costs associated with content production and music royalties, lower personnel-related expenses, inclusive of stock-based compensation expense, due to decreased average headcount, and a reduction in depreciation and amortization expense.
Subscription Gross Margin increased modestly for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2025 compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2024.
Operating Expenses
Sales and Marketing
| Fiscal Year Ended June 30, | |||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2025 | 2024 | % Change | |||||||
| (dollars in millions) | |||||||||
| Sales and marketing | $ | 421.6 | $ | 658.9 | (36.0)% | ||||
| As a percentage of total revenue | 16.9 | % | 24.4 | % |
Fiscal Years Ended June 30, 2025 and 2024
Sales and marketing expense decreased $237.3 million, or 36.0% for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2025 compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2024. The decrease was primarily due to a decrease in acquisition, brand, and creative marketing spend of $188.7 million, a decrease of $19.7 million in personnel-related expenses, inclusive of stock-based compensation expense, mainly due to decreased average headcount, and a decrease of $14.3 million in rent and occupancy and other retail related costs, primarily driven by a reduction in our retail showroom presence.
49
General and Administrative
| Fiscal Year Ended June 30, | |||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2025 | 2024 | % Change | |||||||
| (dollars in millions) | |||||||||
| General and administrative | $ | 527.3 | $ | 651.0 | (19.0)% | ||||
| As a percentage of total revenue | 21.2 | % | 24.1 | % |
Fiscal Years Ended June 30, 2025 and 2024
General and administrative expense decreased $123.7 million, or 19.0% for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2025 compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2024. The decrease was driven by a decrease of $70.3 million in personnel-related expenses, inclusive of stock-based compensation expense, primarily related to stock-based compensation expense recognized in connection with the CEO transition during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2024 and decreased average headcount, a reduction of $29.2 million in settlement costs and professional services fees (comprised of legal, accounting, and consulting fees), and a reduction of $6.1 million in depreciation and amortization expense.
Research and Development
| Fiscal Year Ended June 30, | |||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2025 | 2024 | % Change | |||||||
| (dollars in millions) | |||||||||
| Research and development | $ | 234.2 | $ | 304.8 | (23.2)% | ||||
| As a percentage of total revenue | 9.4 | % | 11.3 | % |
Fiscal Years Ended June 30, 2025 and 2024
Research and development expense decreased $70.6 million, or 23.2% for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2025 compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2024. The decrease was primarily due to a decrease of $49.5 million in personnel-related expenses, inclusive of stock-based compensation expense, primarily due to decreased average headcount, and a decrease of $15.7 million in product development costs, primarily due to a reduction in contractor spend.
Impairment expense
| Fiscal Year Ended June 30, | |||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2025 | 2024 | % Change | |||||||
| (dollars in millions) | |||||||||
| Impairment expense | $ | 64.1 | $ | 57.3 | 11.9% |
Fiscal Years Ended June 30, 2025 and 2024
Impairment expense increased $6.8 million, or 11.9% for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2025 compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2024. This increase was primarily driven by an increase of $31.4 million in asset write-downs and write-offs related to plans to right-size portions of our corporate office footprint and an increase of $11.4 million in impairment expense related to other manufacturing assets, partially offset by a $16.7 million impairment charge related to Peloton Output Park during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2024, a $13.6 million decrease in impairment expense related to Connected Fitness assets, and a $6.9 million decrease in impairment expense related to the exit of retail showroom locations.
Restructuring expense
| Fiscal Year Ended June 30, | |||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2025 | 2024 | % Change | |||||||
| (dollars in millions) | |||||||||
| Restructuring expense | $ | 33.8 | $ | 66.1 | (48.8)% |
Fiscal Years Ended June 30, 2025 and 2024
Restructuring expense decreased $32.2 million, or 48.8% for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2025 compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2024, primarily due to an $18.9 million decrease in personnel-related expenses, inclusive of severance and stock-based compensation expense, as well as decreases in exit and disposal costs, including non-cash charges of $3.8 million relating to the loss on sale of a manufacturing subsidiary in Taiwan during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2024.
50
Supplier settlements
| Fiscal Year Ended June 30, | |||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2025 | 2024 | % Change | |||||||
| (dollars in millions) | |||||||||
| Supplier settlements | $ | 23.5 | $ | (2.6) | *NM |
___________________________
*NM - not meaningful
Fiscal Years Ended June 30, 2025 and 2024
Supplier settlements increased $26.1 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2025 compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2024 due to the settlement of disputes with a third-party supplier about certain alleged past and future commitments.
Total other expense, net and Income tax expense (benefit)
| Fiscal Year Ended June 30, | |||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2025 | 2024 | % Change | |||||||
| (dollars in millions) | |||||||||
| Interest expense | $ | (134.5) | $ | (112.5) | 19.6% | ||||
| Interest income | 32.7 | 35.1 | (6.7)% | ||||||
| Foreign exchange gain (loss) | 22.4 | — | *NM | ||||||
| Other income, net | 0.1 | 0.7 | (90.8)% | ||||||
| Net gain on debt refinancing | — | 53.6 | *NM | ||||||
| Income tax expense (benefit) | 3.4 | (0.2) | *NM |
___________________________
*NM - not meaningful
Fiscal Years Ended June 30, 2025 and 2024
Total other expense, net, was comprised of the following for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2025:
•Interest expense primarily related to our Term Loan (as defined below) and convertible notes, and deferred financing costs of $134.5 million;
•Interest income from cash, cash equivalents, and short-term investments of $32.7 million;
•Foreign exchange gains of $22.4 million;
•Other income, net of $0.1 million; and
Total other expense, net, was comprised of the following for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2024:
•Interest expense primarily related to our Term Loan and convertible notes, and deferred financing costs of $112.5 million;
•Interest income from cash, cash equivalents, and short-term investments of $35.1 million;
•Foreign exchange losses were minimal;
•Other income, net of $0.7 million; and
•Net gain on debt refinancing of $53.6 million, related to the 2026 Notes gain on extinguishment of debt of $69.8 million, partially offset by the Term Loan loss on extinguishment of $7.5 million and modification of debt of $8.7 million.
Income tax expense (benefit) for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2025 and 2024 of $3.4 million and $(0.2) million, respectively, was primarily due to state and international taxes.
Non-GAAP Financial Measures
In addition to our results determined in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, or GAAP, we believe the following non-GAAP financial measures are useful in evaluating our operating performance.
Adjusted EBITDA
We calculate Adjusted EBITDA as net (loss) income adjusted to exclude: other expense (income), net; net (gains) losses on debt refinancing; income tax expense (benefit); depreciation and amortization expense; stock-based compensation expense; impairment expense; restructuring expense; product recall related matters; certain litigation and settlement expenses; supplier settlements; and other adjustment items that arise outside the ordinary course of our business.
51
We use Adjusted EBITDA as a measure of operating performance and the operating leverage in our business. We believe that this non-GAAP financial measure is useful to investors for period-to-period comparisons of our business and in understanding and evaluating our operating results for the following reasons:
•Adjusted EBITDA is widely used by investors and securities analysts to measure a company’s operating performance without regard to items such as stock-based compensation expense, depreciation and amortization expense, other expense (income), net, and provision for income taxes that can vary substantially from company to company depending upon their financing, capital structures, and the method by which assets were acquired;
•Our management uses Adjusted EBITDA in conjunction with financial measures prepared in accordance with GAAP for planning purposes, including the preparation of our annual operating budget, as a measure of our core operating results and the effectiveness of our business strategy, and in evaluating our financial performance; and
•Adjusted EBITDA provides consistency and comparability with our past financial performance, facilitates period-to-period comparisons of our core operating results, and may also facilitate comparisons with other peer companies, many of which use a similar non-GAAP financial measure to supplement their GAAP results.
Our use of Adjusted EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider this measure in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our financial results as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations are, or may in the future be, as follows:
•Although depreciation and amortization expense are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized may have to be replaced in the future, and Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect cash capital expenditure requirements for such replacements or for new capital expenditure requirements;
•Adjusted EBITDA excludes stock-based compensation expense, which has recently been, and will continue to be for the foreseeable future, a significant recurring expense for our business and an important part of our compensation strategy;
•Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect: (1) changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs; (2) interest and other income (expense), or the cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal payments on our debt, which reduces cash available to us; or (3) income taxes, which may represent a reduction in cash available to us;
•Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect gains (losses) associated with refinancing efforts that we have determined are outside of the ordinary course of business and are nonrecurring, infrequent or unusual based on factors such as the nature and strategy of the refinancing, as well as our frequency and past practice of performing refinancing activities;
•Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect certain litigation expenses, consisting of legal settlements and related fees for specific proceedings that we have determined arise outside of the ordinary course of business and are nonrecurring, infrequent or unusual based on the following considerations which we assess regularly: (1) the frequency of similar cases that have been brought to date, or are expected to be brought within two years; (2) the complexity of the case; (3) the nature of the remedy(ies) sought, including the size of any monetary damages sought; (4) offensive versus defensive posture of us; (5) the counterparty involved; and (6) our overall litigation strategy. Following a change in practice beginning during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2022, we no longer adjust Adjusted EBITDA for costs from new patent litigation or consumer arbitration claims, unless we consider the matter to be nonrecurring, infrequent or unusual. We continue to adjust Adjusted EBITDA for historical patent infringement and consumer arbitration claims that were determined, prior to our change in practice, to be nonrecurring, infrequent, or unusual;
•Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect acquisition-related costs, including transaction and integration costs;
•Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect impairment charges and gains (losses) on disposals of fixed assets;
•Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect costs associated with certain product recall related matters including adjustments to the return reserves, inventory write-downs, logistics costs associated with Member requests, the cost to move the recalled product for those that elect the option, subscription waiver costs of service, and recall-related hardware development and repair costs. We make adjustments for product recall related matters that we have determined arise outside of the ordinary course of business and are nonrecurring, infrequent or unusual based on factors including the nature of the product recall, our experience with similar product recalls at the time of such assessment, the impacts on us of the recall remedy and associated logistics, supply chain, and other externalities, as well as the expected consumer demand for such a remedy, and operational complexities in the design, regulatory approval and deployment of a remedy;
•Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect costs associated with restructuring plans;
•Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect supplier settlements that are outside of the ordinary course of business and are nonrecurring, infrequent or unusual based on factors such as the nature of the settlements, as well as our frequency and past practice of performing refinancing activities; and
•The expenses and other items that we exclude in our calculation of Adjusted EBITDA may differ from the expenses and other items, if any, that other companies may exclude from Adjusted EBITDA when they report their operating results and we may, in the future, exclude other significant, unusual expenses or other items from this financial measure. Because companies in our industry may calculate this measure differently than we do, its usefulness as a comparative measure can be limited.
Because of these limitations, Adjusted EBITDA should be considered along with other operating and financial performance measures presented in accordance with GAAP.
52
The following table presents a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to Net loss, the most directly comparable financial measure prepared in accordance with GAAP, for each of the periods indicated:
| Fiscal Year Ended June 30, | ||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2025 | 2024 | 2023 | ||||||||
| (in millions) | ||||||||||
| Net loss | $ | (118.9) | $ | (551.9) | $ | (1,261.7) | ||||
| Adjusted to exclude the following: | ||||||||||
| Total other expense, net(1) | 79.3 | 76.8 | 60.9 | |||||||
| Net gain on debt refinancing(2) | — | (53.6) | — | |||||||
| Income tax expense (benefit) | 3.4 | (0.2) | 3.7 | |||||||
| Depreciation and amortization expense | 89.7 | 108.8 | 124.3 | |||||||
| Stock-based compensation expense | 228.8 | 305.2 | 319.9 | |||||||
| Impairment expense | 64.1 | 57.3 | 144.5 | |||||||
| Restructuring expense(3) | 33.8 | 67.1 | 193.0 | |||||||
| Supplier settlements(4) | 23.5 | (2.6) | 22.0 | |||||||
| Product recall related matters(5) | — | (14.0) | 80.9 | |||||||
| Litigation and settlement expenses(6) | — | 10.8 | 102.8 | |||||||
| Other adjustment items | — | — | 1.0 | |||||||
| Adjusted EBITDA | $ | 403.6 | $ | 3.5 | $ | (208.5) |
______________________
(1) Primarily consists of Interest expense of $134.5 million, $112.5 million, $97.1 million, Interest income of $(32.7) million, $(35.1) million, $(26.4) million, and foreign exchange (gain) loss of $(22.4) million, zero, and $(7.0) million, for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2025, 2024, and 2023, respectively.
(2) Represents the net charge resulting from our May 2024 refinancing efforts. The Company has not demonstrated a past practice of refinancing its previously issued and secured debt obligations, and considers these charges incurred in order to perform this refinancing to be nonrecurring, infrequent, unusual, and outside the ordinary of business.
(3) Represents charges incurred in connection with the Restructuring Plans, refer to Note 4, Restructuring in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
(4) Represents accruals related to settlement of disputes with various third-party suppliers about certain alleged past and future commitments, which occurred due to part of an unusual, one-time effort to adjust the Company’s forecasted inventory during its fiscal years 2022 and 2023. With this settlement during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2025, we have substantially settled our purchase commitments related disputes with our suppliers that were linked to our one-time effort to evaluate and adjust the Company’s forecasted inventory needs with its suppliers during fiscal years 2022 and 2023. As such, we currently do not expect to add-back in the future any additional supplier settlements related to that effort.
(5) Represents adjustments and charges primarily associated with our Tread+ and Bike Seat Post product recall related matters, as well as accrual adjustments. These include recorded (benefits) costs in Connected Fitness Products Cost of revenue associated with recall related matters of $(9.5) million and $64.1 million, adjustments to Connected Fitness Products Revenue for actual and estimated future returns of $(4.5) million and $14.6 million, and operating expenses of zero and $2.3 million associated with recall-related hardware development costs, in each case for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2024 and 2023, respectively.
(6) Includes litigation-related expenses for certain patent infringement litigation, consumer arbitration, and product recalls for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2024 and 2023, that arise outside of the ordinary course of business and are nonrecurring, infrequent, or unusual. Includes Dish settlement accrual of $75.0 million, for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2023, which was considered significantly more complex than routine intellectual property claims and, in addition to seeking monetary damages or other more typical remedies from a district court, also sought an order from the International Trade Commission to broadly prohibit the Company from the sale, distribution, marketing, transferring, or advertising in the United States of products that had the infringing functionality installed on them, and the importation of products unless they were deemed non-infringing by the International Trade Commission and/or U.S. Customs and Border Protection. Also includes other litigation-related expenses and settlements for certain patent infringement litigation, securities litigation, and consumer arbitration for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2023, that arose outside of the ordinary course of business and were nonrecurring, infrequent, or unusual.
Subscription Contribution and Subscription Contribution Margin
We define “Subscription Contribution” as Subscription Revenue less Subscription Cost of revenue, adjusted to exclude depreciation and amortization and stock-based compensation expenses included within Subscription Cost of revenue. Subscription Contribution Margin is calculated by dividing Subscription Contribution by Subscription Revenue.
We use Subscription Contribution and Subscription Contribution Margin to measure our ability to scale and leverage the costs of our Connected Fitness Subscriptions. We believe that these non-GAAP financial measures are useful to investors for period-to-period comparisons of our business and in understanding and evaluating our operating results because our management uses Subscription Contribution and Subscription Contribution Margin in conjunction with financial measures prepared in accordance with GAAP for planning purposes, including the preparation of our annual operating budget, as a measure of our core operating results and the effectiveness of our business strategy, and in evaluating our financial performance.
The use of Subscription Contribution and Subscription Contribution Margin as analytical tools has limitations, and you should not consider these in isolation or as substitutes for analysis of our financial results as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations are as follows:
•Although depreciation and amortization expense are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized may have to be replaced in the future, and Subscription Contribution and Subscription Contribution Margin do not reflect cash capital expenditure requirements for such replacements or for new capital expenditure requirements; and
53
•Subscription Contribution and Subscription Contribution Margin exclude stock-based compensation expense, which has recently been, and will continue to be for the foreseeable future, a significant recurring expense for our business and an important part of our compensation strategy.
Because of these limitations, Subscription Contribution and Subscription Contribution Margin should be considered along with other operating and financial performance measures presented in accordance with GAAP.
The following table presents a reconciliation of Subscription Contribution and Subscription Contribution Margin to Subscription Gross Profit and Subscription Gross Margin, respectively, which are the most directly comparable financial measures prepared in accordance with GAAP, for each of the periods indicated:
| Fiscal Year Ended June 30, | ||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2025 | 2024 | 2023 | ||||||||
| (dollars in millions) | ||||||||||
| Subscription Revenue | $ | 1,673.7 | $ | 1,708.7 | $ | 1,670.1 | ||||
| Less: Subscription Cost of revenue | 516.6 | 551.0 | 547.9 | |||||||
| Subscription Gross Profit | $ | 1,157.1 | $ | 1,157.7 | $ | 1,122.1 | ||||
| Subscription Gross Margin | 69.1 | % | 67.8 | % | 67.2 | % | ||||
| Add back: | ||||||||||
| Depreciation and amortization expense | $ | 28.5 | $ | 34.6 | $ | 36.9 | ||||
| Stock-based compensation expense | 36.3 | 39.3 | 42.8 | |||||||
| Subscription Contribution | $ | 1,222.0 | $ | 1,231.6 | $ | 1,201.8 | ||||
| Subscription Contribution Margin | 73.0 | % | 72.1 | % | 72.0 | % |
Free Cash Flow
We define Free Cash Flow as Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities less Capital expenditures. Free Cash Flow reflects an additional way of viewing our liquidity that, we believe, when viewed with our GAAP results, provides management, investors, and other users of our financial information with a more complete understanding of factors and trends affecting our cash flows.
The use of Free Cash Flow as an analytical tool has limitations due to the fact that it does not represent the residual cash flow available for discretionary expenditures. For example, Free Cash Flow does not incorporate payments made for purchases of marketable securities or principal repayments on our debt, which reduces cash available to us. Because of these limitations, Free Cash Flow should be considered along with other operating and financial performance measures presented in accordance with GAAP.
The following table presents a reconciliation of Free Cash Flow to Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities, the most directly comparable financial measure prepared in accordance with GAAP, for each of the periods indicated:
| Fiscal Year Ended June 30, | ||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2025 | 2024 | 2023 | ||||||||
| (in millions) | ||||||||||
| Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities | $ | 333.0 | $ | (66.1) | $ | (387.6) | ||||
| Capital expenditures | (9.3) | (19.7) | (82.4) | |||||||
| Free Cash Flow | $ | 323.7 | $ | (85.8) | $ | (470.0) |
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Our operations have been funded primarily through net proceeds from the sales of our equity and convertible debt securities, and our Term Loan (as defined below), as well as cash flows from operating activities. As of June 30, 2025, we had Cash and cash equivalents of approximately $1,039.5 million.
We anticipate capital expenditures over the next 12 months to include investments in product development, content and our studios, systems implementation, and IT infrastructure.
54
We believe our existing cash and cash equivalent balances and cash flow from operations will be sufficient to meet our working capital and capital expenditure needs for the next 12 months and beyond. Our future capital requirements may vary materially from those currently planned and will depend on many factors, including our rate of revenue growth, timing to adjust our supply chain and cost structures in response to material fluctuations in product demand, timing and amount of spending related to acquisitions, the timing and amount of spending on research and development and manufacturing initiatives, the timing and financial impact of product recalls, sales and marketing activities, the timing of new product introductions, market acceptance of our Connected Fitness Products, timing and investments needed for international expansion, and overall economic conditions. To the extent that current and anticipated future sources of liquidity are insufficient to fund our future business activities and requirements, we may be required to seek additional equity or debt financing. The sale of additional equity would result in further dilution to our stockholders. The incurrence of debt financing would result in increased debt service obligations and the instruments governing such debt could provide for operating and financing covenants that would restrict our operations. There can be no assurances that we will be able to raise additional capital. The inability to raise capital would adversely affect our ability to achieve our business objectives.
Restructuring
In February 2022, we announced and began implementing the 2022 Restructuring Plan and in April 2024, our Board of Directors approved a restructuring plan to expand upon the 2022 Restructuring Plan (as expanded and collectively with the 2022 Restructuring Plan, the “2024 Restructuring Plan”). As of June 30, 2025, the actions pursuant to these plans have been substantially completed. In August 2025, the Company announced a new restructuring plan (the “2025 Restructuring Plan”), which includes a reduction in global headcount and is intended to improve the Company’s cost structure, operating efficiency, and profitability, while providing us the opportunity to return to growth by reinvesting expected savings into our differentiating capabilities.
We’ve made progress in implementing these restructuring plans and achieving the goals outlined in Note 4, Restructuring in the Notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. In fiscal year 2024, we completed the sale of the Peloton Output Park building and a portion of the corresponding land and received net proceeds of approximately $31.9 million, successfully exited our owned-manufacturing operations, and reduced our global retail showroom footprint. In September 2024, we completed the sale of the remaining Peloton Output Park land parcel and received net proceeds of $4.2 million. We expect substantial further improvements in the goals outlined in Note 4, Restructuring as well as a number of other measures by which we measure the success of our restructuring initiatives and expect to continue optimizing our retail footprint over fiscal year 2026.
Refer to Note 4, Restructuring in the Notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for discussion around charges incurred to date and future expected charges under the Restructuring Plans. The 2022 and 2024 Restructuring Plans resulted in reduced annual run-rate expenses of more than $200 million as of the end of fiscal year 2025. Upon full implementation, we expect the 2025 Restructuring Plan to achieve at least $100 million of run-rate savings by the end of fiscal year 2026.
We may not be able to realize the cost savings and benefits initially anticipated as a result of the Restructuring Plans, and implementation and transition costs may be greater than expected. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—We may not successfully execute or achieve the expected benefits of our restructuring initiatives and other cost-saving measures we may take in the future, and our efforts may result in further actions and/or additional asset impairment charges and adversely affect our business.”
2029 and 2026 Convertible Notes
In May 2024, we issued $350.0 million aggregate principal amount of 5.50% Convertible Senior Notes due 2029 (the “2029 Notes”) in a private offering, including the exercise in full of the option granted to the initial purchasers to purchase $50.0 million of the 2029 Notes. The 2029 Notes were issued pursuant to an Indenture (the “2029 Notes Indenture”) between us and U.S. Bank Trust Company, National Association, as trustee. The 2029 Notes bear interest at a rate of 5.50% per annum, payable semi-annually in arrears on June 1 and December 1 of each year, beginning on December 1, 2024. The net proceeds from this offering of 2029 Notes were approximately $342.3 million, after deducting the initial purchasers' discounts and commissions. The net proceeds of the offering were used, together with proceeds from the Term Loan (as defined below) and cash on hand, to repurchase approximately $801.0 million aggregate principal amount of our outstanding 0.00% Convertible Senior Notes due 2026 (the “2026 Notes”) described below.
The effective interest rate upon issuance of the 2029 Notes was 5.97%, which is the effective interest rate as of June 30, 2025.
The 2029 Notes will mature on December 1, 2029, unless earlier converted, redeemed, or repurchased. The 2029 Notes will be convertible at the option of the holders at certain times and upon the occurrence of certain events. A holder may convert its 2029 Notes during any calendar quarter if the last reported sale price per share of the Class A common stock exceeds 130% of the conversion price for each of at least 20 trading days (whether or not consecutive) during the 30 consecutive trading days ending on, and including, the last trading day of the immediately preceding calendar quarter. The last reported sale price of the Class A common stock exceeded 130% of the conversion price of the 2029 Notes for more than 20 trading days during the 30 consecutive trading days, including the last trading day, ended June 30, 2025. Accordingly, as of July 1, 2025, the 2029 Notes may be converted at the option of the applicable holder through September 30, 2025.
On or after September 1, 2029, until the close of business on the second scheduled trading day immediately preceding the maturity date, holders may convert all or any portion of their 2029 Notes, in multiples of $1,000 principal amount, at the option of the applicable holder.
The Company may satisfy any conversion obligation under the 2029 Notes by paying and/or delivering, as the case may be, cash, shares of the Class A common stock or a combination of cash and shares of the Class A common stock, at the Company’s election, in the manner and subject to the terms and conditions provided in the 2029 Notes Indenture. If all of the 2029 Notes were to be converted prior to September 30, 2025, the Company’s current intention would be to settle such conversion in shares of the Class A common stock.
55
In February 2021, we issued $1.0 billion aggregate principal amount of the 2026 Notes in a private offering, including the exercise in full of the option granted to the initial purchasers to purchase $125.0 million of the 2026 Notes. The 2026 Notes were issued pursuant to an Indenture (the “2026 Notes Indenture”) between us and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee. The net proceeds from the offering were approximately $977.2 million, after deducting the initial purchasers’ discounts and commissions and our offering expenses.
The effective interest rate upon issuance of the 2026 Notes was 0.45%, which is the effective interest rate as of June 30, 2025.
Repurchase of a Portion of the 2026 Convertible Notes
In May 2024, we entered into separate, privately negotiated transactions with certain holders of the 2026 Notes to repurchase $801.0 million of aggregate principal amount of the 2026 Notes for an aggregate of $724.9 million of cash. We accounted for this repurchase of the 2026 Notes as a debt extinguishment under ASC 470-50, Debt – Modifications and Extinguishments (“ASC 470-50”). We recorded a $69.8 million gain on early extinguishment of debt during the fiscal year ending June 30, 2024, which included the write-off of previously deferred debt issuance costs of $6.3 million, which was included within Net gain on debt refinancing on the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2024.
Termination of Capped Call Transactions
In connection with the offering of the 2026 Notes, we entered into privately negotiated capped call transactions with certain counterparties (the “Capped Call Transactions”). In the last quarter of fiscal year 2024, we terminated the Capped Call Transactions in their entirety pursuant to negotiated termination agreements with each such counterparty.
Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement
On May 30, 2024, we entered into a Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement”), with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, and certain banks and financial institutions party thereto as lenders and issuing banks.
The Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement provides for a $1.0 billion term loan facility (the “Term Loan”), which will be due and payable on May 30, 2029. The Term Loan amortizes in quarterly installments of 0.25%, payable at the end of each fiscal quarter and on the maturity date.
The Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement also provides for a $100.0 million revolving credit facility (the “Revolving Facility”), which will mature on May 30, 2029. We are only required to meet the total liquidity covenant, set at $250.0 million for the last business day of any week, and the subscription revenues covenant, set at $1.2 billion for the four-quarter trailing period, to the extent any revolving loans are borrowed and outstanding.
The Revolving Facility, when drawn, bears interest at a rate equal to, at our option, either the Alternate Base Rate (as defined in the Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement) plus 4.00% per annum or the Term SOFR Rate (as defined in the Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement) plus 5.00% per annum. We are required to pay an annual commitment fee of 0.500% or 0.375% per annum, depending on whether the First Lien Net Leverage Ratio (as defined in the Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement) is greater or less than 5.00 to 1.00, on a quarterly basis based on the unused portion of the Revolving Facility.
The Term Loan initially bears interest at a rate equal to, at our option, either the Alternate Base Rate (as defined in the Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement) plus 5.00% per annum or the Term SOFR Rate (as defined in the Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement) plus 6.00% per annum. The applicable rate for Alternate Base Rate loans or Term SOFR Rate loans is subject to a 0.50% step down, depending on whether the First Lien Net Leverage Ratio is less than 5.00 to 1.00 as measured on a quarterly basis. Any borrowing at the Alternate Base Rate is subject to a 1.00% floor and the Term SOFR Rate is subject to a 0.00% floor.
The Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement contains customary affirmative covenants as well as customary negative covenants that restrict our ability to, among other things, incur additional indebtedness, incur liens or grant negative pledges, make loans and investments, conduct certain transactions with affiliates, sell certain assets, enter into certain swap agreements, guarantee obligations of third parties, declare dividends or make certain distributions, and undergo a merger or consolidation or certain other transactions. The Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement also contains certain customary events of default. Certain baskets and covenant levels have been adjusted and will apply equally to both the Term Loan and Revolving Facility for so long as the Term Loan is outstanding.
The obligations under the Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement with respect to the Term Loan and the Revolving Facility are secured by substantially all of our assets, with certain exceptions set forth in the Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, and are required to be guaranteed by certain material subsidiaries of the Company if, at the end of future financial quarters, certain conditions are not met.
During the fiscal years ended June 30, 2025 and 2024, we incurred total commitment fees of $0.5 million and $1.3 million, respectively, which are included in Interest expense in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss.
As of June 30, 2025, we had drawn the full amount of the Term Loan and had not drawn on the Revolving Facility, and we had $990.0 million total outstanding borrowings under the Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement.
In connection with the execution of the Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, the Term Loan was accounted for as a modification, extinguishment, or new loan for certain lenders in accordance with ASC 470-50. Accordingly, a discount and debt issuance costs of $10.0 million and $2.3 million, respectively, will be amortized to Interest expense using the effective interest method over the term of the Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement. Furthermore, we expensed $8.7 million of debt issuance costs incurred and wrote-off $7.5 million of previously
56
deferred debt discount and debt issuance costs, which was included within Net gain on debt refinancing on the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2024.
As of June 30, 2025, we had not drawn any amount under the Revolving Facility and as such did not have to test the financial covenants under the Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement. We are required to pledge or otherwise restrict a portion of cash and cash equivalents as collateral for standby letters of credit. As of June 30, 2025, we had outstanding letters of credit totaling $46.2 million, which are classified as Restricted cash on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
Upon entering into the Term Loan, the effective interest rate was 12.4% and the current effective interest rate as of June 30, 2025 is 10.9%.
Cash Flows
| Fiscal Year Ended June 30, | ||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2025 | 2024 | 2023 | ||||||||
| (in millions) | ||||||||||
| Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities | $ | 333.0 | $ | (66.1) | $ | (387.6) | ||||
| Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities | (5.1) | 26.8 | (69.9) | |||||||
| Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities | 1.7 | (94.4) | 76.8 |
Operating Activities
Net cash provided by operating activities of $333.0 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2025 was primarily related to non-cash adjustments of $424.5 million and a net decrease in operating assets and liabilities of $27.4 million, partially offset by a net loss of $118.9 million. Non-cash adjustments primarily consisted of $229.6 million of stock-based compensation expense, $89.7 million of depreciation and amortization, $64.1 million of impairment expense, and $54.5 million of non-cash operating lease expense. The net decrease in operating assets and liabilities was primarily due to a $136.5 million decrease in net inventory levels and a $66.6 million decrease in prepaid expenses and other current assets, partially offset by a $94.0 million decrease in accounts payable and accrued expenses and a $82.3 million decrease in net operating lease liabilities due to lease payments and lease terminations as we continue to reduce our real estate footprint through our 2024 Restructuring Plan efforts.
The increase in cash flows from operating activities during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2025 compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2024, was driven by operating expense reductions following the 2024 Restructuring Plan and gross profit improvements.
Investing activities
Net cash used in investing activities of $5.1 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2025 was primarily related to $9.3 million used for capital expenditures, partially offset by $4.2 million in proceeds from the sale of the remaining Peloton Output Park land parcel.
The decrease in cash flows from investing activities during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2025 compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2024, was primarily due to less cash proceeds from the sale of the remaining Peloton Output Park land parcel during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2025 when compared to the proceeds received from the sale of Peloton Output Park and a manufacturing subsidiary in Taiwan during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2024, partially offset by fewer capital expenditures during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2025.
Financing activities
Net cash provided by financing activities of $1.7 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2025 was primarily related to net proceeds from option exercises under our employee stock plans and purchases under the ESPP of $11.8 million, partially offset by $10.0 million in principal repayments on the Term Loan.
The increase in cash flows from financing activities during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2025 compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2024, was primarily due to less cash used in debt financing activities during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2025, as the fiscal year ended June 30, 2024 included a $742.5 million payment on principal of our previous term loan and revolving credit facility, $724.9 million payment on a portion of the 2026 Notes, $986.9 million net proceeds from the issuance of the Term Loan, and $342.3 million net proceeds from the issuance of the 2029 Notes. This was partially offset by a reduction in proceeds from option exercises under our employee stock plans during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2025.
57
Commitments
As of June 30, 2025, our contractual obligations were as follows:
| Payments due by period | ||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Contractual obligations: | Total | Less than | 1-3 years | 3-5 years | More than | |||||||||||||
| 1 year | 5 years | |||||||||||||||||
| (in millions) | ||||||||||||||||||
| Lease obligations (1) | $ | 616.0 | $ | 93.2 | $ | 148.6 | $ | 105.6 | $ | 268.6 | ||||||||
| Minimum royalty payments (2) | 93.2 | 91.1 | 1.9 | 0.3 | — | |||||||||||||
| Unused credit facility fee payments (3) | 1.6 | 0.4 | 0.8 | 0.4 | — | |||||||||||||
| Other purchase obligations (4) | 130.9 | 40.5 | 55.2 | 35.2 | — | |||||||||||||
| Convertible senior notes (5) | 549.0 | 199.0 | — | 350.0 | — | |||||||||||||
| Term loan (5) | 990.0 | 10.0 | 20.0 | 960.0 | — | |||||||||||||
| Total | $ | 2,380.7 | $ | 434.1 | $ | 226.5 | $ | 1,451.5 | $ | 268.6 |
______________________
(1) Lease obligations relate to our office space, warehouses, production studios, retail locations, and equipment. The original lease terms are between one and 21 years, and the majority of the lease agreements are renewable at the end of the lease period. The Company has finance lease obligations of $0.3 million, also included above.
(2) We are subject to minimum royalty payments associated with our license agreements for the use of licensed content. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Business— We depend upon third-party licenses for the use of music in our content. An adverse change to, loss of, or claim that we do not hold necessary licenses may have an adverse effect on our business, operating results, and financial condition.”
(3) Pursuant to the Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, we are required to pay a commitment fee of 0.500% or 0.375% per annum, depending on whether the First Lien Net Leverage Ratio (as defined in the Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement) is greater or less than 5.00 to 1.00, on a quarterly basis based on the unused portion of the Revolving Facility. The payments due by period in the table above are reflective of the rate as of June 30, 2025, which is 0.375%.
(4) Other purchase obligations include all other non-cancelable contractual obligations. These contracts are primarily related to cloud computing costs.
(5) Refer to Note 11, Debt in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further details regarding our 2026 Notes and 2029 Notes and Term Loan obligations.
The commitment amounts in the table above are associated with contracts that are enforceable and legally binding and that specify all significant terms, including fixed or minimum services to be used, fixed, minimum or variable price provisions, and the approximate timing of the actions under the contracts.
We utilize contract manufacturers to build our products and accessories. These contract manufacturers acquire components and build products based on demand forecast information we supply, which typically covers a rolling 12-month period. Consistent with industry practice, we acquire inventories from such manufacturers through purchase orders against which orders are applied based on projected demand information and availability of goods. Such purchase commitments typically cover our forecasted product and manufacturing requirements for periods that range a number of months. In certain instances, these agreements allow us the option to cancel, reschedule, and/or adjust our requirements based on our business needs for a period of time before the order is due to be fulfilled. While our purchase orders are legally cancellable in many situations, some purchase orders are not cancellable in the event of a demand plan change or other circumstances, such as where the supplier has procured unique, Peloton-specific designs, and/or specific non-cancellable, non-returnable components based on our provided forecasts.
As of June 30, 2025, our commitments to contract with third-party manufacturers for their inventory on-hand and component purchase commitments related to the manufacture of our products were estimated to be approximately $96.1 million. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—Our operating results have been, and could in the future be, adversely affected if we are unable to accurately forecast consumer demand for our products and services and adequately manage our inventory.”
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
We did not have any undisclosed off-balance sheet arrangements as of June 30, 2025.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
See Note 2, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K under the heading “Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements” for a discussion about new accounting pronouncements adopted and not yet adopted as of the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Critical Accounting Estimates
Our discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with GAAP. In preparing the consolidated financial statements, we make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, stockholders’ equity (deficit), revenue, expenses, and related disclosures. We re-evaluate our estimates on an on-going basis. Our estimates are based on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Because of the uncertainty inherent in these matters, actual results may differ from these estimates and could differ based upon other assumptions or conditions. The critical accounting policies that reflect our more significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements include those noted below.
58
Inventory Valuation and Reserves
We review our inventory to ensure that its carrying value does not exceed its net realizable value (“NRV”), with NRV based on the estimated selling price of inventory in the ordinary course of business, less estimated costs of completion, disposal and transportation. When our expectations indicate that the carrying value of inventory may exceed its NRV, we calculate the approximate amount by which carrying value is greater than NRV and record a write-down for that difference as a component of Connected Fitness Products Cost of revenue. Once a write-down occurs, a new, lower cost basis is established. These assumptions about future disposition of inventory are inherently uncertain and should our estimates used in these calculations change in the future, such as estimated selling prices or disposal costs, additional and potentially material write-downs may occur.
We also regularly monitor inventory quantities on-hand and in-transit and reserve for excess and obsolete inventories using estimates based on historical experience, historical and projected sales trends, specific categories of inventory, and age of on-hand inventory. Inventories presented in the Consolidated Balance Sheets are net of reserves for excess and obsolete inventory. If actual conditions or product demands are less favorable than our assumptions, additional inventory reserves may be required and could potentially be material. For additional information regarding these reserves, refer to Note 6, Inventories, in the Notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
We review our long-lived asset groups for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate their carrying value may not be recoverable. Recoverability of our long-lived asset groups are measured by comparing the undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated from the asset group to the carrying value of the asset group. If the test for recoverability identifies a possible impairment, the asset group’s fair value is measured relying primarily on a discounted cash flow method. An impairment charge is recognized for the amount by which the carrying value of the asset group exceeds its estimated fair value.
For our Connected Fitness Products segment and Subscription segment, we evaluate long-lived tangible assets at the lowest level at which independent cash flows can be identified, which is dependent on the strategy and expected future use of our long-lived assets. We evaluate corporate assets or other long-lived assets that are not segment-specific at the consolidated level.
We measure the fair value of an asset group based on market prices (i.e., the amount for which the asset could be sold to a third party) when available. When market prices are not available, we generally estimate the fair value of the asset group using the income approach and/or the market approach. The income approach uses cash flow projections. Inherent in our development of cash flow projections are assumptions and estimates derived from a review of our operating results, business plan forecasts, expected growth rates, and cost of capital, similar to those a market participant would use to assess fair value. We also make certain assumptions about future economic conditions and other data. Significant judgments and estimates are included in the determination of the fair value of our right-of-use assets, including the expected downtime period to the commencement of future subleases, projected sublease income over the remaining lease period, and discount rates that reflect the level of risk associated with the expected future cash flows.
Our estimates are subject to uncertainty and may be affected by a number of factors outside our control, including general economic conditions and the competitive environment. Unforeseen events, changes in circumstances and market conditions, and changes in assumptions and estimates of future cash flows could adversely affect the fair value of our long-lived asset groups and could result in future impairment charges.
During fiscal 2023, 2024 and 2025, management identified various qualitative factors that collectively indicated that the Company had impairment triggering events, including (i) realignment of cost structure in connection with the restructuring initiatives, (ii) softening demand and (iii) significant decrease in the market price of certain long-lived asset groups. For details regarding the impairment charges recognized as a result of these triggering events, refer to Note 7, Property and Equipment, and Note 10, Leases, in the Notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Loss Contingencies
We are, or may become, a party to legal proceedings, claims, and regulatory, tax, and government inquiries and investigations that arise in the ordinary course of business. The Company records a liability when it is probable that a loss has been incurred and the amount is reasonably estimable, the determination of which requires significant judgment. These estimates have been based on our assessment of the facts and circumstances at each balance sheet date and are subject to change based on new information and future events. For the matters we disclose in the accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements that do not include an estimate of the amount of loss or range of losses, estimating such an amount is not possible or is immaterial.
The outcomes of our legal proceedings are inherently unpredictable and subject to significant uncertainties, and until the final resolution of any such matter, there may be exposure to a material loss in excess of the amount recorded. Given that our legal proceedings, claims, and regulatory, tax, and government inquiries and investigations are subject to uncertainty, there can be no assurance that such legal proceedings, either individually or in the aggregate, will not have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows. For additional information regarding these contingencies, refer to Note 12, Commitments and Contingencies, in the Notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Product Warranty and Recall Related Provisions
Product warranty costs are recognized as a component of Connected Fitness Products Cost of revenue upon the transfer of control of our Connected Fitness Products to our customers. We estimate our product warranty obligation based on factors including historical and current product failure rates, historical service delivery and replacement costs, and warranty policies and business practices. Product warranty obligations are reviewed and adjusted quarterly to ensure that accruals are adequate to meet expected future warranty obligations.
59
We accrue cost of product recalls and other potential corrective actions based on management’s estimate of when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount can be reasonably estimated, which occurs when management commits to either a corrective action plan or quality improvement plan, or when required by regulatory requirements. These costs are recognized in Connected Fitness Products Cost of revenue, which may include the cost of the development of the product being replaced, logistics costs, and other related costs such as product scrap cost, inventory write-down and cancellation of any supplier commitments. The accrued cost is based on management’s estimate of the cost to repair each affected product and the estimated number of products to be repaired based on actions taken by the impacted customers.
Estimating future product warranty and recall related provisions is highly subjective and requires significant management judgment. Based on information that is currently available, management believes that the product warranty and recall related provisions are adequate, however it is possible that substantial additional charges may be required in future periods based on new information, changes in facts and circumstances, and actions we may commit to or be required to undertake.
Music Royalty Fees
To secure the rights to use music in our content, we enter into agreements to obtain licenses from rights holders such as performing rights organizations, record labels, music publishers, collecting societies, artists and songwriters, and other copyright owners (or their agents). Music royalty fees are calculated using negotiated rates in accordance with our license agreements or estimates of those rates where rights holders are not identified, which may involve significant judgment, assumptions, and estimates in addition to a significant volume of data to be processed and analyzed.
Certain of our license agreements contain payment guarantees. We rely on estimates to forecast whether guaranteed payments against royalties will be fully recouped against our actual content costs incurred over the term of the license agreement. To the extent that our content costs do not exceed such guaranteed payments, incremental music royalty fees may need to be expensed over the period we determine the guaranteed payment is no longer deemed recoverable.
The process of obtaining licenses involves identifying and negotiating with many rights holders, some of whom are unknown, or difficult to identify, or for whom we may have conflicting ownership information, and this can generate a myriad of complex and evolving legal issues across many jurisdictions, including open questions of law as to when and whether particular licenses are needed. As such, we may be required to estimate music royalty fees based on comparable contractual rates and our best estimate of usage of a licensor. These estimates are subject to change based on several factors, including new observable data from license negotiations and the execution of new license agreements.
Some of our license agreements also include so-called “most-favored nations” provisions, which require that certain terms (including material financial terms) are no less favorable than those provided to any similarly situated licensor. If agreements are amended or new agreements are entered into on more favorable terms with another licensor, these most-favored nations provisions could cause our payment or other obligations to escalate substantially. If a license agreement contains a most-favored nations provision, a reserve is established based on the “most-favored” rates within the market.
MD&A history
Prior-year 10-K MD&A spans are extracted from SEC filings with the same bounded parser used for the latest filing. The latest 10-K appears above; prior years are below.
FY 2024 10-K MD&A
SEC filing source: 0001639825-24-000128.
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. As discussed in the section titled "Special Note Regarding Forward Looking Statements," the following discussion and analysis contains forward looking statements that involve risks, uncertainties, assumptions, and other important factors that, if they never materialize or prove incorrect, could cause our results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by such forward looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to these differences include, but are not limited to, those identified below and those discussed in the section titled "Risk Factors" in Part I, Item 1A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
A discussion of our results of operations for our fiscal year ended June 30, 2023 compared to the year ended June 30, 2022 is included our Annual
Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2023, filed with the SEC on August 23, 2023 (File No. 001-39058) under the heading “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”
Overview
Peloton is a leading global fitness company with a highly engaged community of over 6.4 million Members as of June 30, 2024. A category innovator at the nexus of fitness, technology, and media, Peloton's first-of-its-kind subscription platform seamlessly combines innovative hardware, distinctive software, and exclusive content. Its world-renowned Instructors coach and motivate Members to be the best version of themselves anytime, anywhere. We define a “Member” as any individual who has a Peloton account through a paid Connected Fitness Subscription or a paid Peloton App Subscription, and completes 1 or more workouts in the trailing 12 month period. We define a completed workout as either completing at least 50% of an Instructor-led class, Scenic ride, run, or row, or ten or more minutes of “Just Ride”, “Just Run”, or “Just Row” mode.
Our Connected Fitness Products portfolio includes the Peloton Bike, Bike+, Tread, Tread+, Guide, and Row. Access to the Peloton App is available with an All-Access or Guide Membership for Members who have Connected Fitness Products or through a standalone App Membership with multiple Membership tiers. Our revenue is generated primarily from recurring Subscription revenue and the sale of our Connected Fitness Products. We define a “Paid Connected Fitness Subscription” as a person, household, or commercial property, such as a hotel or residential building, who has paid for a subscription to a Connected Fitness Product (a Connected Fitness Subscription with a successful credit card billing or with prepaid subscription credits or waivers).
Our financial profile has been characterized by strong retention, recurring revenue, and efficient customer acquisition. Our low Average Net Monthly Connected Fitness Churn, together with our high Subscription Gross Profit and Subscription Contribution Margin, yields an attractive lifetime value (“LTV”) for our Connected Fitness Subscriptions well in excess of our customer acquisition costs (“CAC”). Maintaining an attractive LTV/CAC ratio is a primary goal of our customer acquisition strategy.
Fourth Quarter Fiscal 2024 Update and Recent Developments
Product Innovation
We recently launched Find Friends to enhance our platform’s community building potential beyond the leaderboard. New and prospective members may now connect with their existing network. This and other social features launching soon are designed to enhance the member experience with organic, community-based motivation. We expect these social features to drive member retention and organic acquisition over time.
Peloton for Business
Peloton for Business is focused on bringing Peloton to commercial settings, including gyms, to meet customers wherever they workout. In June we launched a pilot with the YMCA of Metropolitan Chicago focused on bringing Peloton to the gym in a holistic way. This includes more than 100 Bike+ and Rows across 15 locations in the metropolitan Chicago area and integrating the Peloton App membership's compelling content library with over 16 modalities into the YMCA membership. We plan to leverage this partnership to gather insights for potential future gym-focused initiatives.
Building on the success of our existing Lululemon content licensing arrangement, which has delivered incremental subscription revenue and subscription margin accretion, we announced a multi-year content licensing agreement with Google Fitbit last week to offer a wide portfolio of Peloton classes in the US, the UK, Canada and Australia. Fitbit will distribute best-in-class Peloton content to the highly engaged user base on Fitbit’s app. Peloton Members will also receive special offers on Google Pixel Watch and Fitbit Charge 6 devices.
Member Experience
Member satisfaction scores (“MSAT”) show that our investments in improving Member experience when they contact Peloton for customer support are driving significant improvements. We’ve steadily improved the average MSAT every month since December 2023, from 3.4 to 4.1, an increase of 22% over that time period.
Debt Refinancing
In May 2024, we successfully concluded a refinancing of our balance sheet, accomplishing the goals of deleveraging and extending our maturities with more flexible terms at a reasonable cost of capital. We decreased debt by roughly $200 million and our average maturity has been extended to 2029. Refer to Note 12 - Debt in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
43
Restructuring
In February 2022, we announced and began implementing a restructuring plan to realign our operational focus to support our multi-year growth, scale the business, and improve costs (the “2022 Restructuring Plan”). The 2022 Restructuring Plan originally included: (i) reducing our headcount; (ii) closing several assembly and manufacturing plants, including the completion and subsequent sale of the shell facility for our previously planned Peloton Output Park; (iii) closing and consolidating several distribution facilities; and (iv) shifting to third-party logistics providers in certain locations.
In fiscal year 2023 we continued to take actions to implement the 2022 Restructuring Plan. In July 2022, we announced we were exiting all owned-manufacturing operations and expanding our current relationship with a Taiwanese manufacturer, Rexon Industrial Corporation. Additionally, in August 2022, we announced our decision to (i) fully transition our North American Field Operations to third-party providers, including the significant reduction of our delivery workforce teams; (ii) eliminate a significant number of roles on the North America Member Support team and exit our real-estate footprints in our Plano and Tempe locations; and (iii) reduce our retail showroom presence. In January 2024, we completed the sale of the Peloton Output Park building and a portion of the corresponding land and received net proceeds of approximately $31.9 million.
On April 22, 2024, our Board of Directors approved a new restructuring plan to expand upon its 2022 Restructuring Plan (as expanded, the “2024 Restructuring Plan”). We believe that the 2024 Restructuring Plan will position Peloton for sustained, positive free cash flow, while enabling the Company to continue to invest in software, hardware and content innovation, improvements to its Member support experience, and optimizations to marketing efforts to scale the business. The 2024 Restructuring Plan includes: (i) a reduction in global headcount by approximately 15%, which impacted roughly 400 Peloton team members; and (ii) continued closures of our retail locations. We expect the majority of the 2024 Restructuring Plan to be implemented by the end of fiscal 2025.
Total charges related to the 2022 Restructuring Plan were as follows:
| Fiscal Year Ended June 30, | ||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2024 | 2023 | |||||
| (in millions) | ||||||
| Cash restructuring charges: | ||||||
| Severance and other personnel costs | $ | 7.5 | $ | 85.1 | ||
| Exit and disposal costs and professional fees | 16.1 | 19.3 | ||||
| Total cash charges | 23.6 | 104.4 | ||||
| Non-cash charges: | ||||||
| Asset write-downs and write-offs | 31.1 | 139.3 | ||||
| Stock-based compensation expense | 7.2 | 85.0 | ||||
| Write-offs of inventory related to restructuring activities | 1.0 | 3.7 | ||||
| Loss on sale of subsidiary | 3.8 | — | ||||
| Total non-cash charges | 43.1 | 228.0 | ||||
| Total | $ | 66.8 | $ | 332.4 |
Total charges related to the 2024 Restructuring Plan were as follows:
| Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2024 | ||
|---|---|---|
| (in millions) | ||
| Cash restructuring charges: | ||
| Severance and other personnel costs | $ | 29.0 |
| Exit and disposal costs and professional fees | 3.1 | |
| Total cash charges | 32.1 | |
| Non-cash charges: | ||
| Asset write-downs and write-offs | 9.7 | |
| Stock-based compensation expense | (0.6) | |
| Total non-cash charges | 9.1 | |
| Total | $ | 41.1 |
We have made progress in achieving goals in our restructuring initiatives. For example, we have reduced our negative Net cash used in operating activities from $(387.6) million in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2023 to $(66.1) million in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2024. We also have reduced our negative Free Cash Flow from $(470.0) million in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2023 to $(85.8) million in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2024. Total operating expenses (excluding Impairment expense, Restructuring expense, and Supplier settlements) decreased 8% year-
44
over-year in fiscal year 2024 and we continue our work in looking for additional efficiencies. We have also continued to close retail showrooms and we will continue optimizing our showroom footprint over the course of fiscal year 2025. Throughout fiscal year 2025, we expect further improvements in the above as well as a number of other measures by which we measure the success of our restructuring initiatives.
In connection with the 2024 Restructuring Plan, which includes any remaining restructuring activity under the original 2022 Restructuring Plan, we estimate that we will incur additional cash charges of approximately $40.0 million, primarily composed of lease termination and other exit costs, the majority of which are expected to be incurred by the end of fiscal year 2025. Additionally, we expect to recognize additional non-cash charges of approximately $20.0 million, primarily composed of non-inventory asset impairment charges on retail showrooms in connection with the 2024 Restructuring Plan, the majority of which are expected to be incurred by the end of fiscal year 2025.
Upon full implementation, we expect the plan to result in reduced annual run-rate expenses by more than $200 million by the end of fiscal year 2025.
We do not believe these cost-saving measures will impair our ability to conduct any of our key business functions. However, we may not be able to realize the cost savings and benefits initially anticipated as a result of the 2022 Restructuring Plan and the 2024 Restructuring Plan, and costs may be greater than expected. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—We may not successfully execute or achieve the expected benefits of our restructuring initiatives and other cost-saving measures we may take in the future, and our efforts may result in further actions and/or additional asset impairment charges and adversely affect our business.”
Tread+ Product Recall Return Reserves and Cost Estimates
In May 2021, we announced a voluntary recall of our Tread+ product in collaboration with the CPSC and halted sales of this product to work on product enhancements. Members were notified that they could return their Tread+ for a full refund, or wait until a solution was available. In collaboration with the CPSC, on May 18, 2023, we jointly announced approval of a rear guard repair for the recalled Tread+. We have made this rear guard available to our Members who continue to own a Tread+ and during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2024, we resumed deliveries of the Tread+ from our existing inventory with the rear guard installed.
As a result of the Tread+ recall, we recognized a (benefit)/reduction to Connected Fitness Products revenue for actual and estimated future returns of $(4.5) million, $14.6 million, and $48.9 million for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2024, 2023 and 2022, respectively. Return reserves related to the impacts of the Tread+ recall of $6.7 million and $24.4 million were included within Accounts payable and accrued expenses in the Consolidated Balance Sheets as of June 30, 2024 and June 30, 2023, respectively. Accruals for costs associated with the Tread+ repair of $4.1 million and $10.0 million were included within Accounts payable and accrued expenses in the Consolidated Balance Sheets as of June 30, 2024 and June 30, 2023, respectively. During the same period, we recognized accruals of for the cost associated with the Tread+ rear guard repair based on an amount that was deemed probable and reasonably estimable.
Recall charges are based upon estimates associated with our expected and historical consumer response rates. Actual costs related to this matter may vary from the estimate, and may result in further impacts to our future results of operations and business. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Connected Fitness Products and Members—We may be subject to warranty claims that could result in significant direct or indirect costs, or we could experience greater product returns than expected, either of which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and operating results.”
Bike Seat Post Recall
In May 2023, in collaboration with the CPSC, we announced a voluntary recall of the original Peloton Bike (not Bike+) sold in the U.S. from January 2018 to May 2023 related to its seat post, and we are offering Members a free replacement seat post as the approved repair. As a result of this recall, the Company recognized $(5.5) million and $48.4 million for the (benefits) costs to replace the bike seat posts based on an amount that was deemed probable and reasonably estimable, reflected in Connected Fitness Products cost of revenue in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2024 and 2023. As of June 30, 2024 and June 30, 2023, accruals of $1.2 million and $42.2 million, respectively, were included within Accounts payable and accrued expenses in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets related to the recall. The estimated cost to replace the bike seat posts is primarily based on the estimated number of requests for seat posts and the estimated costs of the production and shipment of the replacement parts.
We may continue to incur additional costs beyond what we have currently estimated to be probable and estimable, including if the number of reported incidents materially increases. See “Risk Factors - Risks Related to Our Connected Fitness Products and Members — Our products and services may be affected from time to time by design and manufacturing defects or product safety issues, real or perceived, that could adversely affect our business and result in harm to our reputation.”
45
Key Operational and Business Metrics
In addition to the measures presented in our consolidated financial statements, we use the following key operational and business metrics to evaluate our business, measure our performance, develop financial forecasts, and make strategic decisions.
| Fiscal Year Ended June 30, | ||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2024 | 2023 | 2022 | ||||||||
| Ending Paid Connected Fitness Subscriptions(1) | 2,981,131 | 2,997,443 | 2,913,131 | |||||||
| Average Net Monthly Paid Connected Fitness Subscription Churn(2) | 1.4 | % | 1.3 | % | — | |||||
| Ending Paid App Subscriptions | 615,226 | 827,821 | 979,817 | |||||||
| Average Monthly Paid App Subscription Churn(3) | 7.7 | % | — | — | ||||||
| Subscription Gross Profit (in millions) | $ | 1,157.7 | $ | 1,122.1 | $ | 944.7 | ||||
| Subscription Contribution (in millions)(4) | $ | 1,231.6 | $ | 1,201.8 | $ | 994.2 | ||||
| Subscription Gross Margin | 67.8 | % | 67.2 | % | 67.7 | % | ||||
| Subscription Contribution Margin(4) | 72.1 | % | 72.0 | % | 71.3 | % | ||||
| Net loss (in millions) | $ | (551.9) | $ | (1,261.7) | $ | (2,827.7) | ||||
| Adjusted EBITDA (in millions)(5) | $ | 3.5 | $ | (208.5) | $ | (982.7) | ||||
| Net Cash Used in Operating Activities (in millions) | $ | (66.1) | $ | (387.6) | $ | (2,020.0) | ||||
| Free Cash Flow (in millions)(6) | $ | (85.8) | $ | (470.0) | $ | (2,357.4) |
______________________________
(1) New reporting metric, effective as of the beginning of fiscal year 2024, replaced Ending Connected Fitness Subscriptions. See Ending Paid Connected Fitness Subscriptions definition below.
(2) New reporting metric, effective as of the beginning of fiscal year 2024, replaced Average Net Monthly Connected Fitness Churn. See Average Net Monthly Paid Connected Fitness Subscription Churn definition below. Includes metrics that were not available during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2022.
(3) This metric, effective as of the beginning of fiscal year 2024, is reported on a go-forward basis as it includes App One and App+ subscriptions that were not available during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2023 and 2022.
(4) Please see the section titled “Non-GAAP Financial Measures—Subscription Contribution and Subscription Contribution Margin” for a reconciliation of Subscription Gross Profit to Subscription Contribution and an explanation of why we consider Subscription Contribution and Subscription Contribution Margin to be helpful measures for investors.
(5) Please see the section titled “Non-GAAP Financial Measures—Adjusted EBITDA” for a reconciliation of Net loss to Adjusted EBITDA and an explanation of why we consider Adjusted EBITDA to be a helpful measure for investors.
(6) Please see the section titled “Non-GAAP Financial Measures—Free Cash Flow” for a reconciliation of net cash used in operating activities to Free Cash Flow and an explanation of why we consider Free Cash Flow to be a helpful measure for investors.
Ending Paid Connected Fitness Subscriptions
Ending Paid Connected Fitness Subscriptions includes all Connected Fitness Subscriptions for which we are currently receiving payment (a successful credit card billing or prepaid subscription credit or waiver). Prior to fiscal year 2024, we included a Connected Fitness Subscription that is paused for up to three months as a Connected Fitness Subscription. Because there is no payment on a paused subscription, effective as of the beginning of fiscal year 2024, we no longer include paused Connected Fitness Subscriptions in our Ending Paid Connected Fitness Subscription count.
Average Net Monthly Paid Connected Fitness Subscription Churn
To align with the definition of Ending Paid Connected Fitness Subscriptions above, our quarterly Average Net Monthly Paid Connected Fitness Subscription Churn is calculated as follows: Paid Connected Fitness Subscriber “churn count” in the quarter, divided by the average number of beginning Paid Connected Fitness Subscribers each month, divided by three months. “Churn count” is defined as quarterly Connected Fitness Subscription churn events minus Connected Fitness Subscription unpause events minus Connected Fitness Subscription reactivations.
We refer to any cancellation or pausing of a subscription for our All-Access Membership as a churn event. Because we do not receive payment for paused Connected Fitness Subscriptions, a paused Connected Fitness Subscription is now treated as a churn event at the time the pause goes into effect, which is the start of the next billing cycle. An unpause event occurs when a pause period elapses without a cancellation and the Connected Fitness Subscription resumes, and is therefore counted as a reduction in our churn count in that period. Consistent with our previous practice, our churn count is shown net of reactivations and our new quarterly Average Net Monthly Paid Connected Fitness Subscription Churn metric averages the monthly Connected Fitness churn percentage across the three months of the reported quarter.
Prior to fiscal year 2024, we reported Average Net Monthly Connected Fitness Churn, which is defined as Connected Fitness Subscription cancellations, net of reactivations, in the quarter, divided by the average number of beginning Connected Fitness Subscriptions in each month, divided by three months. This metric does not treat a pause of a Connected Fitness Subscription as a churn event. When a Connected Fitness Subscription payment method fails, we communicate with our Members to update their payment method and make multiple attempts over several days to charge the payment method on file and reactivate the subscription. We cancel a Member's Connected Fitness Subscription when it remains unpaid for two days after their billing cycle date.
46
Furthermore, we have reported our Average Net Monthly Connected Fitness Churn metric net of reactivations. Under this metric, a Connected Fitness Subscriber that cancels their membership (a churn event) and resubscribes in a subsequent period is considered a reactivation and is counted as a reduction in our churn count in the period during which the Subscriber resubscribes. These metrics do not include data related to our App One Subscribers and App+ Subscribers.
Ending Paid App Subscriptions
Ending Paid App Subscriptions include all App One and App+ subscriptions for which we are currently receiving payment.
Average Monthly Paid App Subscription Churn
When a Subscriber to App One or App+ cancels their membership (a churn event) and resubscribes in a subsequent period, the resubscription is considered a new subscription (rather than a reactivation that is counted as a reduction in our churn count). Average Paid App Subscription Churn is calculated as follows: Paid App Subscription cancellations in the quarter, divided by the average number of beginning Paid App Subscriptions each month, divided by three months.
Components of our Results of Operations
Revenue
Connected Fitness Products
Connected Fitness Products revenue consists of sales of our portfolio of Connected Fitness Products and related accessories, as well as Precor branded fitness products, delivery and installation services, rental lease arrangements, extended warranty agreements, branded apparel, and commercial service contracts. Connected Fitness Products revenue is recognized at the time of delivery, except for extended warranty revenue that is recognized over the warranty period and service revenue that is recognized over the term, and is recorded net of sales returns and concessions, discounts and allowances, and third-party financing program fees, when applicable.
Subscription
Subscription revenue primarily consists of revenue generated from our Connected Fitness Subscription and Peloton App Subscription, which are offered on a month-to-month or prepaid basis.
As of June 30, 2024, 99% and 84% of our Connected Fitness Subscription and Paid App Subscription bases, respectively, were paying month-to-month.
If a Connected Fitness Subscription owns multiple, different Peloton Connected Fitness Products (e.g. owns a Peloton Bike and Peloton Tread) in the same household, the price of the Subscription remains $44 monthly. As of June 30, 2024, approximately 10% of our Connected Fitness Subscriptions owned multiple, different Connected Fitness Products.
Cost of revenue
Connected Fitness Products
Connected Fitness Products cost of revenue consists of our portfolio of Connected Fitness Products, related accessories, and branded apparel product costs, including third party manufacturing costs, duties and other applicable importing costs, shipping and handling costs, packaging, warranty replacement and service costs, fulfillment costs, warehousing costs, costs related to our commercial business, depreciation of property and equipment, and certain costs related to management, facilities, and personnel-related expenses associated with supply chain logistics. Inventory write-downs and related obsolescence reserve expense are also included within Connected Fitness Products cost of revenue.
Subscription
Subscription cost of revenue includes costs associated with content creation and costs to stream content to our Members. These costs consist of both fixed costs, including studio rent and occupancy, other studio overhead, Instructor and production personnel-related expenses, depreciation of property and equipment as well as variable costs, including music royalty fees, third-party platform streaming costs, and payment processing fees for our monthly subscription billings.
Operating expenses
Sales and marketing
Sales and marketing expense consists of performance marketing media spend, asset creation, and other brand creative, costs to operate our retail showrooms including rent and occupancy charges, payment processing fees incurred in connection with the sale of our Connected Fitness Products, sales and marketing personnel-related expenses, expenses related to the Peloton App, and depreciation of property and equipment.
General and administrative
General and administrative expense includes personnel-related expenses and facilities-related costs primarily for our executive, finance, accounting, legal, human resources, IT functions and Member Support team. General and administrative expense also includes fees for professional services principally comprised of legal, audit, tax and accounting services, depreciation of property and equipment, and insurance, as well as litigation settlement costs.
47
Research and development
Research and development expense primarily consists of personnel and facilities-related expenses, consulting and contractor expenses, tooling and prototype materials, software platform expenses, and depreciation of property and equipment. We capitalize certain qualified costs incurred in connection with the development of internal-use software that may also cause research and development expenses to vary from period to period.
Goodwill impairment
Goodwill impairment consists of non-cash impairment charges relating to goodwill. We review goodwill for impairment annually on April 1 and more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that an impairment may exist. In conducting our annual impairment test, we first review qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of each reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If factors indicate that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, we perform a quantitative assessment and the fair value of the reporting unit is determined by analyzing the expected present value of future cash flows. If the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, an impairment loss equal to the excess is recorded.
Impairment expense
Impairment expense consists of non-cash impairment charges relating to long-lived assets. Impairments are determined using management’s judgment about our anticipated ability to continue to use fixed assets in-service and under development, current economic and market conditions and their effects based on information available as of the date of these consolidated financial statements. Management disposes of fixed assets during the regular course of business due to damage, obsolescence, strategic shifts, and loss.
Additionally, long-lived assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset group may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset group to future undiscounted net cash flows expected to be generated by the assets. If the carrying amount of an asset group exceeds its estimated undiscounted net future cash flows, an impairment charge is recognized for the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset group exceeds its fair value.
Restructuring expense
Restructuring expense consists of severance and other personnel costs, including stock-based compensation expense, professional services, facility closures and other costs associated with exit and disposal activities.
Supplier settlements
Supplier settlements are payments made to third-party suppliers to terminate certain future inventory purchase commitments.
Non-operating income and expenses
Other expense, net
Other expense, net consists of interest (expense) income, unrealized and realized gains (losses) on investments, net gains relating to our refinancing activities, and foreign exchange gains (losses).
Income tax provision
The provision for income taxes consists primarily of income taxes related to state and international taxes for jurisdictions in which we conduct business. We maintain a valuation allowance on the majority of our deferred tax assets as we have concluded that it is more likely than not that the deferred assets will not be utilized.
48
Results of Operations
The following tables set forth our consolidated results of operations in dollars and as a percentage of total revenue for the periods presented. The period-to-period comparisons of our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future.
| Fiscal Year Ended June 30, | ||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2024 | 2023 | 2022 | ||||||||
| (in millions) | ||||||||||
| Consolidated Statement of Operations Data: | ||||||||||
| Revenue | ||||||||||
| Connected Fitness Products | $ | 991.7 | $ | 1,130.2 | $ | 2,187.5 | ||||
| Subscription | 1,708.7 | 1,670.1 | 1,394.7 | |||||||
| Total revenue | 2,700.5 | 2,800.2 | 3,582.1 | |||||||
| Cost of revenue(1)(2) | ||||||||||
| Connected Fitness Products | 943.0 | 1,328.8 | 2,433.8 | |||||||
| Subscription | 551.0 | 547.9 | 450.0 | |||||||
| Total cost of revenue | 1,494.0 | 1,876.7 | 2,883.8 | |||||||
| Gross profit | 1,206.5 | 923.5 | 698.4 | |||||||
| Operating expenses | ||||||||||
| Sales and marketing(1)(2) | 658.9 | 648.2 | 1,018.9 | |||||||
| General and administrative(1)(2) | 651.0 | 798.1 | 963.4 | |||||||
| Research and development(1)(2) | 304.8 | 318.4 | 359.5 | |||||||
| Goodwill impairment | — | — | 181.9 | |||||||
| Impairment expense | 57.3 | 144.5 | 390.5 | |||||||
| Restructuring expense(1) | 66.1 | 189.4 | 180.7 | |||||||
| Supplier settlements | (2.6) | 22.0 | 337.6 | |||||||
| Total operating expenses | 1,735.5 | 2,120.6 | 3,432.4 | |||||||
| Loss from operations | (529.0) | (1,197.1) | (2,734.0) | |||||||
| Other expense, net: | ||||||||||
| Interest expense | (112.5) | (97.1) | (43.0) | |||||||
| Interest income | 35.1 | 26.4 | 2.3 | |||||||
| Foreign exchange gain (loss) | — | 7.0 | (31.8) | |||||||
| Other income (expense), net | 0.7 | 2.9 | (1.5) | |||||||
| Net gain on debt refinancing | 53.6 | — | — | |||||||
| Total other expense, net | (23.2) | (60.9) | (74.1) | |||||||
| Loss before income taxes | (552.1) | (1,258.0) | (2,808.1) | |||||||
| Income tax (benefit) expense | (0.2) | 3.7 | 19.6 | |||||||
| Net loss | $ | (551.9) | $ | (1,261.7) | $ | (2,827.7) |
____________________
49
(1) Includes stock-based compensation expense as follows:
| Fiscal Year Ended June 30, | ||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2024 | 2023 | 2022 | ||||||||
| (in millions) | ||||||||||
| Cost of revenue | ||||||||||
| Connected Fitness Products | $ | 10.1 | $ | 14.3 | $ | 20.2 | ||||
| Subscription | 39.3 | 42.8 | 22.7 | |||||||
| Total cost of revenue | 49.5 | 57.1 | 42.9 | |||||||
| Sales and marketing | 19.7 | 28.9 | 30.5 | |||||||
| General and administrative | 177.1 | 167.2 | 152.4 | |||||||
| Research and development | 58.8 | 66.7 | 46.0 | |||||||
| Restructuring expense | 6.6 | 85.0 | 56.5 | |||||||
| Total stock-based compensation expense | $ | 311.7 | $ | 405.0 | $ | 328.4 |
During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2024, in connection with the CEO transition, we recognized stock-based compensation expense of $41.9 million for one year of accelerated vesting of stock options, which had an exercise price of $38.77 per share and a grant date fair value of approximately $167.6 million. In addition, we recognized incremental stock-based compensation expense of $5.4 million for the modification of stock option awards related to extension of the exercise window through December 31, 2027. These expenses were recognized within General and administrative expense in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss.
On July 1, 2022, the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Compensation Committee”) approved accelerating the vesting requirement for unvested restricted stock units held by certain employees by one year. This applied to eligible unvested restricted stock units that had more than eight quarterly vesting dates remaining in their vesting schedule. The acceleration resulted in approximately $35.6 million of stock-based compensation expense being pulled forward and recognized in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2023. Additionally, on July 1, 2022, the Compensation Committee approved a one-time repricing of certain stock option awards that had been granted to date under the 2019 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2019 Plan”). The repricing impacted stock options held by all employees who remained employed through July 25, 2022. The repricing did not apply to our U.S.-based hourly employees (or employees with equivalent roles in non-U.S. locations) or our C-level executives. The modification resulted in incremental stock-based compensation expense of $21.9 million in the aggregate.
____________________
(2) Includes depreciation and amortization expense as follows:
| Fiscal Year Ended June 30, | ||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2024 | 2023 | 2022 | ||||||||
| (in millions) | ||||||||||
| Cost of revenue | ||||||||||
| Connected Fitness Products | $ | 16.5 | $ | 18.7 | $ | 20.0 | ||||
| Subscription | 34.6 | 36.9 | 26.8 | |||||||
| Total cost of revenue | 51.0 | 55.5 | 46.8 | |||||||
| Sales and marketing | 23.4 | 31.1 | 29.6 | |||||||
| General and administrative | 23.7 | 26.3 | 45.7 | |||||||
| Research and development | 10.7 | 11.4 | 20.7 | |||||||
| Total depreciation and amortization expense | $ | 108.8 | $ | 124.3 | $ | 142.8 |
50
Comparison of the fiscal years ended June 30, 2024 and 2023
Revenue
| Fiscal Year Ended June 30, | |||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2024 | 2023 | % Change | |||||||
| (dollars in millions) | |||||||||
| Revenue: | |||||||||
| Connected Fitness Products | $ | 991.7 | $ | 1,130.2 | (12.2)% | ||||
| Subscription | 1,708.7 | 1,670.1 | 2.3 | ||||||
| Total revenue | $ | 2,700.5 | $ | 2,800.2 | (3.6)% | ||||
| Percentage of revenue | |||||||||
| Connected Fitness Products | 36.7 | % | 40.4 | % | |||||
| Subscription | 63.3 | 59.6 | |||||||
| Total | 100.0 | % | 100.0 | % |
Fiscal Years Ended June 30, 2024 and 2023
Connected Fitness Products revenue decreased $138.4 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2024 compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2023. This decrease was primarily attributable to fewer Bike, Accessory, and Row deliveries driven by less demand, partially offset by higher demand from our rental program and Tread+.
Subscription revenue increased $38.7 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2024 compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2023. This increase was primarily attributable to incremental revenue from content licensing that was not in effect during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2023.
Cost of Revenue, Gross Profit, and Gross Margin
| Fiscal Year Ended June 30, | |||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2024 | 2023 | % Change | |||||||
| (dollars in millions) | |||||||||
| Cost of Revenue: | |||||||||
| Connected Fitness Products | $ | 943.0 | $ | 1,328.8 | (29.0)% | ||||
| Subscription | 551.0 | 547.9 | 0.6 | ||||||
| Total cost of revenue | $ | 1,494.0 | $ | 1,876.7 | (20.4)% | ||||
| Gross Profit: | |||||||||
| Connected Fitness Products | $ | 48.8 | $ | (198.6) | 124.6% | ||||
| Subscription | 1,157.7 | 1,122.1 | 3.2 | ||||||
| Total Gross profit | $ | 1,206.5 | $ | 923.5 | 30.6% | ||||
| Gross Margin: | |||||||||
| Connected Fitness Products | 4.9 | % | (17.6) | % | |||||
| Subscription | 67.8 | % | 67.2 | % |
Fiscal Years Ended June 30, 2024 and 2023
Connected Fitness Products cost of revenue for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2024 decreased $385.8 million, or 29.0%, compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2023. This decrease was primarily driven by fewer deliveries stemming from lower demand for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2024 compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2023.
Our Connected Fitness Products Gross Margin increased to 4.9% from (17.6)% for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2024 compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2023, primarily driven by lower net costs associated with product recall related matters, a decrease in inventory write downs and related obsolescence reserve expense, and lower shipping and logistics costs. Our extended warranty business did not have a material impact on our year-over-year change in Connected Fitness Products Gross Margin.
Subscription cost of revenue for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2024 increased $3.1 million, or 0.6%, compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2023. This increase was primarily driven by increases in platform streaming and content productions costs of $8.7 million and increases in personnel related expenses of $7.1 million, partially offset by a decrease of $7.2 million in music royalties, a decrease in stock-based compensation expense, and a decrease in depreciation and amortization expenses.
51
Subscription Gross Margin remained consistent for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2024 compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2023.
Operating Expenses
Sales and Marketing
| Fiscal Year Ended June 30, | |||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2024 | 2023 | % Change | |||||||
| (dollars in millions) | |||||||||
| Sales and marketing | $ | 658.9 | $ | 648.2 | 1.7% | ||||
| As a percentage of total revenue | 24.4 | % | 23.1 | % |
Fiscal Years Ended June 30, 2024 and 2023
Sales and marketing expense increased $10.8 million in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2024 compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2023. The increase was primarily due to an increase in spending on advertising and marketing programs of $74.1 million. This increase was partially offset by decreases in personnel-related expenses of $27.8 million, primarily due to decreased average headcount, decreases in rent and occupancy and other retail related costs of $16.2 million, primarily driven by a reduction in our retail showroom presence, decreases in stock-based compensation expense of $7.7 million, primarily driven by the acceleration of certain restricted stock unit vesting schedules and the repricing of certain stock option awards during the prior year, decreases in depreciation and amortization expense of $9.2 million, and decreases in business operations.
General and Administrative
| Fiscal Year Ended June 30, | |||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2024 | 2023 | % Change | |||||||
| (dollars in millions) | |||||||||
| General and administrative | $ | 651.0 | $ | 798.1 | (18.4)% | ||||
| As a percentage of total revenue | 24.1 | % | 28.5 | % |
Fiscal Years Ended June 30, 2024 and 2023
General and administrative expense decreased $147.1 million in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2024 compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2023. The decrease was driven by the $75.0 million Dish settlement during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2023 as well as reductions in professional services fees (comprised of legal, accounting, and consulting fees) of $45.2 million, personnel-related expenses of $18.0 million, primarily due to decreased average headcount, and decreases in IT and software expenses of $8.2 million. These decreases were partially offset by an increase in stock-based compensation expense of $9.9 million, primarily related to expense recognized in connection with the CEO transition, offset by the acceleration of certain restricted stock unit vesting schedules and the repricing of certain stock option awards during the prior year.
Research and Development
| Fiscal Year Ended June 30, | |||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2024 | 2023 | % Change | |||||||
| (dollars in millions) | |||||||||
| Research and development | $ | 304.8 | $ | 318.4 | (4.3)% | ||||
| As a percentage of total revenue | 11.3 | % | 11.4 | % |
Fiscal Years Ended June 30, 2024 and 2023
Research and development expense decreased $13.7 million, or 4.3% in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2024 compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2023. The decrease was primarily due to decreases of $11.8 million in product development and research costs, decreases of $6.3 million in business operations, and decreases of $7.9 million in stock-based compensation expense, primarily driven by the acceleration of certain restricted stock unit vesting schedules and the repricing of certain stock option awards during the prior year. The decrease was partially
52
offset by increases of $15.0 million in personnel-related expenses, as a result of a larger portion being capitalized during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2023.
Impairment expense
| Fiscal Year Ended June 30, | |||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2024 | 2023 | % Change | |||||||
| (dollars in millions) | |||||||||
| Impairment expense | $ | 57.3 | $ | 144.5 | (60.4)% |
Fiscal Years Ended June 30, 2024 and 2023
Impairment expense decreased $87.3 million, or 60.4% in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2024 compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2023. This decrease was primarily driven by decreases in asset write-downs and write-offs related to restructuring initiatives.
Restructuring expense
| Fiscal Year Ended June 30, | |||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2024 | 2023 | % Change | |||||||
| (dollars in millions) | |||||||||
| Restructuring expense | $ | 66.1 | $ | 189.4 | (65.1)% |
Fiscal Years Ended June 30, 2024 and 2023
Restructuring expense decreased $123.3 million in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2024 compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2023, primarily related to decreases of $78.5 million in stock-based compensation expense, primarily due to incremental stock-based compensation expense from exercise window modifications and the acceleration of certain restricted stock unit vesting schedules pursuant to severance arrangements during the prior fiscal year and decreases of $48.6 million in cash severance and other personnel costs. These decreases were partially offset by an increase of $3.7 million, primarily related to a loss on the sale of a manufacturing subsidiary.
Supplier settlements
| Fiscal Year Ended June 30, | |||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2024 | 2023 | % Change | |||||||
| (dollars in millions) | |||||||||
| Supplier settlements | $ | (2.6) | $ | 22.0 | (112.0)% |
Fiscal Years Ended June 30, 2024 and 2023
Supplier settlements decreased $24.6 million in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2024 compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2023. These costs, which consisted of settlement and related costs paid to third-party suppliers to terminate certain future inventory purchase commitments, were $22.0 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2023.
Total Other Expense, Net and Income Tax (Benefit) Expense
| Fiscal Year Ended June 30, | |||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2024 | 2023 | % Change | |||||||
| (dollars in millions) | |||||||||
| Interest Expense | $ | (112.5) | $ | (97.1) | 15.8% | ||||
| Interest Income | 35.1 | 26.4 | 32.9% | ||||||
| Foreign exchange (losses) gains | — | 7.0 | (100.5)% | ||||||
| Other income, net | 0.7 | 2.9 | (77.3)% | ||||||
| Net gain on debt refinancing | 53.6 | — | *NM | ||||||
| Income tax (benefit) expense | (0.2) | 3.7 | (105.5)% |
___________________________
*NM - not meaningful
53
Fiscal Years Ended June 30, 2024 and 2023
Total other expense, net, was comprised of the following for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2024:
•Interest expense primarily related to term loan, convertible notes, and deferred financing costs of $112.5 million;
•Interest income from cash, cash equivalents, and short-term investments of $35.1 million;
•Foreign exchange losses were minimal;
•Other income, net of $0.7 million; and
•Net gain on debt refinancing of $53.6 million, related to the 2026 Notes gain on extinguishment of debt of $69.8 million, partially offset by the Term Loan loss on extinguishment of $7.5 million and modification of debt of $8.7 million.
Total other expense, net, was comprised of the following for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2023:
•Interest expense primarily related to term loan, convertible notes, and deferred financing costs of $97.1 million;
•Interest income from cash, cash equivalents, and short-term investments of $26.4 million;
•Foreign exchange gains of $7.0 million; and
•Other income, net of $2.9 million.
Income tax (benefit) expense for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2024 and 2023 of $(0.2) million and $3.7 million, respectively, was primarily due to state and international taxes.
Non-GAAP Financial Measures
In addition to our results determined in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, or GAAP, we believe the following non-GAAP financial measures are useful in evaluating our operating performance.
Adjusted EBITDA
We calculate Adjusted EBITDA as net (loss) income adjusted to exclude: other expense (income), net; income tax expense (benefit); depreciation and amortization expense; stock-based compensation expense; goodwill impairment; impairment expense; product recall related matters; certain litigation and settlement expenses; transaction and integration costs; reorganization, severance, exit, disposal and other costs associated with restructuring plans; supplier settlements; and other adjustment items that arise outside the ordinary course of our business.
We use Adjusted EBITDA as a measure of operating performance and the operating leverage in our business. We believe that this non-GAAP financial measure is useful to investors for period-to-period comparisons of our business and in understanding and evaluating our operating results for the following reasons:
•Adjusted EBITDA is widely used by investors and securities analysts to measure a company’s operating performance without regard to items such as stock-based compensation expense, depreciation and amortization expense, other expense (income), net, and provision for income taxes that can vary substantially from company to company depending upon their financing, capital structures, and the method by which assets were acquired;
•Our management uses Adjusted EBITDA in conjunction with financial measures prepared in accordance with GAAP for planning purposes, including the preparation of our annual operating budget, as a measure of our core operating results and the effectiveness of our business strategy, and in evaluating our financial performance; and
•Adjusted EBITDA provides consistency and comparability with our past financial performance, facilitates period-to-period comparisons of our core operating results, and may also facilitate comparisons with other peer companies, many of which use a similar non-GAAP financial measure to supplement their GAAP results.
Our use of Adjusted EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider this measure in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our financial results as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations are, or may in the future be, as follows:
•Although depreciation and amortization expense are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized may have to be replaced in the future, and Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect cash capital expenditure requirements for such replacements or for new capital expenditure requirements;
•Adjusted EBITDA excludes stock-based compensation expense, which has recently been, and will continue to be for the foreseeable future, a significant recurring expense for our business and an important part of our compensation strategy;
•Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect: (1) changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs; (2) interest expense, or the cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal payments on our debt, which reduces cash available to us; or (3) tax payments that may represent a reduction in cash available to us;
•Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect gains (losses) associated with refinancing efforts that we have determined are outside of the ordinary course of business and are nonrecurring, infrequent or unusual based on factors such as the nature and strategy of the refinancing, as well as our frequency and past practice of performing refinancing activities.
•Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect certain litigation expenses, consisting of legal settlements and related fees for specific proceedings that we have determined arise outside of the ordinary course of business and are nonrecurring, infrequent or unusual based on the following considerations which we assess regularly: (1) the frequency of similar cases that have been brought to date, or are expected to be brought within two years; (2) the complexity of the case; (3) the nature of the remedy(ies) sought, including the size of any
54
monetary damages sought; (4) offensive versus defensive posture of us; (5) the counterparty involved; and (6) our overall litigation strategy. Following a change in practice beginning during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2022, we no longer adjust adjusted EBITDA for costs from new patent litigation or consumer arbitration claims, unless we consider the matter to be nonrecurring, infrequent or unusual. We continue to adjust adjusted EBITDA for historical patent infringement and consumer arbitration claims that were determined, prior to our change in practice, to be nonrecurring, infrequent, or unusual;
•Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect transaction and integration costs related to acquisitions;
•Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect impairment charges for goodwill and fixed assets, and gains (losses) on disposals for fixed assets;
•Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect the impact of purchase accounting adjustments to inventory related to the Precor acquisition;
•Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect costs associated with certain product recall related matters including adjustments to the return reserves, inventory write-downs, logistics costs associated with Member requests, the cost to move the recalled product for those that elect the option, subscription waiver costs of service, and recall-related hardware development and repair costs. We make adjustments for product recall related matters that we have determined arise outside of the ordinary course of business and are nonrecurring, infrequent or unusual based on factors including the nature of the product recall, our experience with similar product recalls at the time of such assessment, the impacts on us of the recall remedy and associated logistics, supply chain, and other externalities, as well as the expected consumer demand for such a remedy, and operational complexities in the design, regulatory approval and deployment of a remedy;
•Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect reorganization, severance, exit, disposal, and other costs associated with restructuring plans;
•Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect nonrecurring supplier settlements that are outside of the ordinary course of business and are nonrecurring, infrequent or unusual based on factors such as the nature of the settlements, as well as our frequency and past practice of performing refinancing activities; and
•The expenses and other items that we exclude in our calculation of Adjusted EBITDA may differ from the expenses and other items, if any, that other companies may exclude from Adjusted EBITDA when they report their operating results and we may, in the future, exclude other significant, unusual expenses or other items from this financial measure. Because companies in our industry may calculate this measure differently than we do, its usefulness as a comparative measure can be limited.
Because of these limitations, Adjusted EBITDA should be considered along with other operating and financial performance measures presented in accordance with GAAP.
The following table presents a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to Net loss, the most directly comparable financial measure prepared in accordance with GAAP, for each of the periods indicated:
Adjusted EBITDA
| Fiscal Year Ended June 30, | ||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2024 | 2023 | 2022 | ||||||||
| (dollars in millions) | ||||||||||
| Net loss | $ | (551.9) | $ | (1,261.7) | $ | (2,827.7) | ||||
| Adjusted to exclude the following: | ||||||||||
| Total other (income) expense, net(1) | 76.8 | 60.9 | 74.1 | |||||||
| Net gain on debt refinancing(2) | (53.6) | — | — | |||||||
| Income tax (benefit) expense | (0.2) | 3.7 | 19.6 | |||||||
| Depreciation and amortization expense | 108.8 | 124.3 | 142.8 | |||||||
| Stock-based compensation expense | 305.2 | 319.9 | 271.8 | |||||||
| Goodwill impairment | — | — | 181.9 | |||||||
| Impairment expense | 57.3 | 144.5 | 390.5 | |||||||
| Restructuring expense(3) | 67.1 | 193.0 | 237.5 | |||||||
| Supplier settlements(4) | (2.6) | 22.0 | 337.6 | |||||||
| Product recall related matters(5) | (14.0) | 80.9 | 62.3 | |||||||
| Litigation and settlement expenses(6) | 10.8 | 102.8 | 118.6 | |||||||
| Other adjustment items | — | 1.0 | 8.4 | |||||||
| Adjusted EBITDA | $ | 3.5 | $ | (208.5) | $ | (982.7) |
______________________
(1) Primarily consists of Interest expense of $112.5 million, $97.1 million, (43.0), and Interest income of $35.1 million, $26.4 million, $2.3 million, for the for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2024, 2023 and 2022, respectively.
(2) Represents the net charge resulting from our May 2024 refinancing efforts. The Company has not demonstrated a past practice of refinancing its previously issued and secured debt obligations, and considers these charges incurred in order to perform this refinancing to be nonrecurring, infrequent, unusual, and outside the ordinary of business.
(3) Represents charges incurred in connection with the 2022 Restructuring Plan and 2024 Restructuring plan, refer to Note 4 - Restructuring in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
(4) Represents supplier settlements entered into during fiscal years 2022 and 2023 with various third-party suppliers to align our inventory levels with then-current levels of decreased demand linked to our COVID-19 demand which was considered an unusual, one-time effort to evaluate and adjust our then-forecasted inventory needs.
55
(5) Represents adjustments and charges primarily associated with our Tread+ and Bike Seat Post product recall related matters, as well as accrual adjustments. These include recorded (benefits) costs in Connected Fitness Products cost of revenue associated with recall related matters of $(9.5) million, $64.1 million, and $8.1 million, adjustments to Connected Fitness Products revenue for actual and estimated future returns of $(4.5) million, $14.6 million and $48.9 million, and operating expenses of zero, $2.3 million and $5.4 million associated with recall-related hardware development costs, in each case for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2024, 2023 and 2022, respectively.
(6) Includes litigation-related expenses for certain patent infringement litigation, consumer arbitration, and product recalls for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2024, 2023 and 2022, that arise outside of the ordinary course of business and are nonrecurring, infrequent, or unusual. Includes Dish settlement accrual of $75.0 million, for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2023, which was considered significantly more complex than routine intellectual property claims and, in addition to seeking monetary damages or other more typical remedies from a district court, also sought an order from the International Trade Commission to broadly prohibit the Company from the sale, distribution, marketing, transferring, or advertising in the United States of products that had the infringing functionality installed on them, and the importation of products unless they were deemed non-infringing by the International Trade Commission and/or U.S. Customs and Border Protection. Also includes other litigation-related expenses and settlements for certain patent infringement litigation, securities litigation, and consumer arbitration for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2023, that arose outside of the ordinary course of business and were nonrecurring, infrequent, or unusual.
Subscription Contribution and Subscription Contribution Margin
We define “Subscription Contribution” as Subscription revenue less cost of Subscription revenue, adjusted to exclude from cost of Subscription revenue, depreciation and amortization expense, and stock-based compensation expense. Subscription Contribution Margin is calculated by dividing Subscription Contribution by Subscription revenue.
We use Subscription Contribution and Subscription Contribution Margin to measure our ability to scale and leverage the costs of our Connected Fitness Subscriptions. We believe that these non-GAAP financial measures are useful to investors for period-to-period comparisons of our business and in understanding and evaluating our operating results because our management uses Subscription Contribution and Subscription Contribution Margin in conjunction with financial measures prepared in accordance with GAAP for planning purposes, including the preparation of our annual operating budget, as a measure of our core operating results and the effectiveness of our business strategy, and in evaluating our financial performance.
The use of Subscription Contribution and Subscription Contribution Margin as analytical tools has limitations, and you should not consider these in isolation or as substitutes for analysis of our financial results as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations are as follows:
•Although depreciation and amortization expense are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized may have to be replaced in the future, and Subscription Contribution and Subscription Contribution Margin do not reflect cash capital expenditure requirements for such replacements or for new capital expenditure requirements; and
•Subscription Contribution and Subscription Contribution Margin exclude stock-based compensation expense, which has recently been, and will continue to be for the foreseeable future, a significant recurring expense for our business and an important part of our compensation strategy.
Because of these limitations, Subscription Contribution and Subscription Contribution Margin should be considered along with other operating and financial performance measures presented in accordance with GAAP.
The following table presents a reconciliation of Subscription Contribution and Subscription Contribution Margin to Subscription Gross Profit and Subscription Gross Margin, respectively, which are the most directly comparable financial measures prepared in accordance with GAAP, for each of the periods indicated:
| Fiscal Year Ended June 30, | ||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2024 | 2023 | 2022 | ||||||||
| (dollars in millions) | ||||||||||
| Subscription Revenue | $ | 1,708.7 | $ | 1,670.1 | $ | 1,394.7 | ||||
| Less: Cost of Subscription | 551.0 | 547.9 | 450.0 | |||||||
| Subscription Gross Profit | $ | 1,157.7 | $ | 1,122.1 | $ | 944.7 | ||||
| Subscription Gross Margin | 67.8 | % | 67.2 | % | 67.7 | % | ||||
| Add back: | ||||||||||
| Depreciation and amortization expense | $ | 34.6 | $ | 36.9 | $ | 26.8 | ||||
| Stock-based compensation expense | 39.3 | 42.8 | 22.7 | |||||||
| Subscription Contribution | $ | 1,231.6 | $ | 1,201.8 | $ | 994.2 | ||||
| Subscription Contribution Margin | 72.1 | % | 72.0 | % | 71.3 | % |
We believe continued growth of our Connected Fitness Subscription base will allow us to improve our Subscription Contribution Margin. While there are variable costs, including music royalties, associated with our Connected Fitness Subscriptions, a significant portion of our content creation costs are fixed given that we operate with a limited number of production studios and Instructors. We expect the fixed nature of those expenses to scale over time as we grow our Connected Fitness Subscription base.
Free Cash Flow
We define Free Cash Flow as Net cash used in operating activities less capital expenditures and capitalized internal-use software development costs. Free cash flow reflects an additional way of viewing our liquidity that, we believe, when viewed with our GAAP results, provides
56
management, investors, and other users of our financial information with a more complete understanding of factors and trends affecting our cash flows.
The use of Free Cash Flow as an analytical tool has limitations due to the fact that it does not represent the residual cash flow available for discretionary expenditures. For example, Free Cash Flow does not incorporate payments made for purchases of marketable securities, business combinations and asset acquisitions. Because of these limitations, Free Cash Flow should be considered along with other operating and financial performance measures presented in accordance with GAAP.
The following table presents a reconciliation of Free Cash Flow to Net cash used in operating activities, the most directly comparable financial measure prepared in accordance with GAAP, for each of the periods indicated:
| Fiscal Year Ended June 30, | ||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2024 | 2023 | 2022 | ||||||||
| (in millions) | ||||||||||
| Net cash used in operating activities | $ | (66.1) | $ | (387.6) | $ | (2,020.0) | ||||
| Capital expenditures and capitalized internal-use software development costs | (19.7) | (82.4) | (337.3) | |||||||
| Free Cash Flow | $ | (85.8) | $ | (470.0) | $ | (2,357.4) |
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Our operations have been funded primarily through net proceeds from the sales of our equity and convertible debt securities, and term loan, as well as cash flows from operating activities. As of June 30, 2024, we had Cash and cash equivalents of approximately $697.6 million.
We anticipate capital expenditures over the next 12 months to include investments in product development, content and our studios, and systems implementation.
We believe our existing cash and cash equivalent balances and cash flow from operations will be sufficient to meet our working capital and capital expenditure needs for the next 12 months and beyond. Our future capital requirements may vary materially from those currently planned and will depend on many factors, including our rate of revenue growth, timing to adjust our supply chain and cost structures in response to material fluctuations in product demand, timing and amount of spending related to acquisitions, the timing and amount of spending on research and development and manufacturing initiatives, the timing and financial impact of product recalls, sales and marketing activities, the timing of new product introductions, market acceptance of our Connected Fitness Products, timing and investments needed for international expansion, and overall economic conditions. To the extent that current and anticipated future sources of liquidity are insufficient to fund our future business activities and requirements, we may be required to seek additional equity or debt financing. The sale of additional equity would result in further dilution to our stockholders. The incurrence of debt financing would result in debt service obligations and the instruments governing such debt could provide for operating and financing covenants that would restrict our operations. There can be no assurances that we will be able to raise additional capital. The inability to raise capital would adversely affect our ability to achieve our business objectives.
Restructuring
In February 2022, we announced and began implementing the 2022 Restructuring Plan to realign our operational focus to support our multi-year growth, scale the business, and improve costs. The 2022 Restructuring Plan originally included: (i) reducing our headcount; (ii) closing several assembly and manufacturing plants, including the completion and subsequent sale of the shell facility for our previously planned Peloton Output Park; (iii) closing and consolidating several distribution facilities; and (iv) shifting to third-party logistics providers in certain locations.
In fiscal year 2023, we continued to take actions to implement the 2022 Restructuring Plan. In July 2022, we announced we were exiting all owned-manufacturing operations and expanding our relationship with a Taiwanese manufacturer, Rexon Industrial Corporation. Additionally, in August 2022, we announced our decision to (i) fully transition our North American Field Operations to third-party providers, including the significant reduction of our delivery workforce teams; (ii) eliminate a significant number of roles on the North America Member Support team and exit our real-estate footprints in our Plano and Tempe locations; and (iii) reduce our retail showroom presence. In January 2024, we completed the sale of the Peloton Output Park building and a portion of the corresponding land and received net proceeds of approximately $31.9 million.
On April 22, 2024, our Board of Directors approved a new restructuring plan to expand upon its 2022 Restructuring Plan (as expanded, the “2024 Restructuring Plan”). The 2024 Restructuring Plan will position us for sustained, positive free cash flow, while enabling us to continue to invest in software, hardware and content innovation, improvements to its Member support experience, and optimizations to marketing efforts to scale the business. The 2024 Restructuring Plan includes: (i) a reduction in global headcount; and (ii) continued closures of our retail locations. We expect the majority of the 2024 Restructuring Plan to be implemented by the end of fiscal 2025.
57
Total charges related to the 2022 Restructuring Plan were as follows:
| Fiscal Year Ended June 30, | ||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2024 | 2023 | |||||
| (in millions) | ||||||
| Cash restructuring charges: | ||||||
| Severance and other personnel costs | $ | 7.5 | $ | 85.1 | ||
| Exit and disposal costs and professional fees | 16.1 | 19.3 | ||||
| Total cash charges | 23.6 | 104.4 | ||||
| Non-cash charges: | ||||||
| Asset write-downs and write-offs | 31.1 | 139.3 | ||||
| Stock-based compensation expense | 7.2 | 85.0 | ||||
| Write-offs of inventory related to restructuring activities | 1.0 | 3.7 | ||||
| Loss on sale of subsidiary | 3.8 | — | ||||
| Total non-cash charges | 43.1 | 228.0 | ||||
| Total | $ | 66.8 | $ | 332.4 |
Total charges related to the 2024 Restructuring Plan were as follows:
| Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2024 | ||
|---|---|---|
| (in millions) | ||
| Cash restructuring charges: | ||
| Severance and other personnel costs | $ | 29.0 |
| Exit and disposal costs and professional fees | 3.1 | |
| Total cash charges | 32.1 | |
| Non-cash charges: | ||
| Asset write-downs and write-offs | 9.7 | |
| Stock-based compensation expense | (0.6) | |
| Total non-cash charges | 9.1 | |
| Total | $ | 41.1 |
In connection with the 2024 Restructuring Plan, which includes any remaining restructuring activity under the original 2022 Restructuring Plan, we estimate that we will incur additional cash charges of approximately $40.0 million, primarily composed of lease termination and other exit costs, the majority of which are expected to be incurred by the end of fiscal year 2025. Additionally, we expect to recognize additional non-cash charges of approximately $20.0 million primarily composed of non-inventory asset impairment charges on retail showrooms in connection with the 2024 Restructuring Plan, the majority of which are expected to be incurred by the end of fiscal year 2025.
Upon full implementation, we expect the plan to result in reduced annual run-rate expenses by more than $200 million by the end of its fiscal year 2025. We do not believe these cost-saving measures will impair our ability to conduct any of our key business functions. However, we may not be able to realize the cost savings and benefits initially anticipated as a result of the 2022 Restructuring Plan and the 2024 Restructuring Plan, and costs may be greater than expected. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—We may not successfully execute or achieve the expected benefits of our restructuring initiatives and other cost-saving measures we may take in the future, and our efforts may result in further actions and/or additional asset impairment charges and adversely affect our business.”
2029 and 2026 Convertible Notes
In May 2024, we issued $350.0 million aggregate principal amount of 5.50% Convertible Senior Notes due 2029 (the “2029 Notes”) in a private offering, including the exercise in full of the option granted to the initial purchasers to purchase $50.0 million of the 2029 Notes. The 2029 Notes were issued pursuant to an Indenture (the “2029 Notes Indenture”) between us and U.S. Bank Trust Company, National Association, as trustee. The 2029 Notes bear interest at a rate of 5.50% per annum, payable semi-annually in arrears on June 1 and December 1 of each year, beginning on December 1, 2024. The net proceeds from this offering of 2029 Notes were approximately $342.3 million, after deducting the initial purchasers' discounts and commissions. The net proceeds of the offering were used, together with proceeds from the Term Loan (as defined below) and cash on hand, to repurchase approximately $801.0 million aggregate principal amount of our outstanding 0.00% Convertible Senior Notes due 2026 (the “2026 Notes”) described below.
The effective interest rate upon issuance of the 2029 Notes was 5.97%, which is the effective interest rate as of June 30, 2024.
58
In February 2021, we issued $1.0 billion aggregate principal amount of the 2026 Notes in a private offering, including the exercise in full of the option granted to the initial purchasers to purchase $125.0 million of the 2026 Notes. The 2026 Notes were issued pursuant to an Indenture (the “ 2026 Notes Indenture”) between us and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee. The net proceeds from the offering were approximately $977.2 million, after deducting the initial purchasers’ discounts and commissions and our offering expenses.
The effective interest rate upon issuance of the 2026 Notes was 0.45%, which is the effective interest rate as of June 30, 2024.
Repurchase of a Portion of the 2026 Convertible Notes
In May 2024, we entered into separate, privately negotiated transactions with certain holders of the 2026 Notes to repurchase $801.0 million of aggregate principal amount of the 2026 Notes for an aggregate of $724.9 million of cash. We accounted for this repurchase of the 2026 Notes as a debt extinguishment under ASC 470-50, Debt – Modifications and Extinguishments (“ASC 470-50”). We recorded a $69.8 million gain on early extinguishment of debt during the year ending June 30, 2024, which includes the write-off of previously deferred debt issuance costs of $6.3 million.
Termination of Capped Call Transactions
In connection with the offering of the 2026 Notes, we entered into privately negotiated capped call transactions with certain counterparties (the “Capped Call Transactions”). In the last quarter of fiscal year 2024, we terminated the Capped Call Transactions in their entirety pursuant to negotiated termination agreements with each such counterparty.
Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement
On May 30, 2024, we entered into a Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement”), with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, and certain banks and financial institutions party thereto as lenders and issuing banks.
The Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement provides for a $1.0 billion term loan facility (the “Term Loan”), which will be due and payable on May 30, 2029. The Term Loan amortizes in quarterly installments of 0.25%, payable at the end of each fiscal quarter and on the maturity date.
The Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement also provides for a $100.0 million revolving credit facility (the “Revolving Facility”), which will mature on May 30, 2029. We are only required to meet the total liquidity covenant, set at $250.0 million for the last business day of any week, and the subscription revenues covenant, set at $1.2 billion for the four-quarter trailing period, to the extent any revolving loans are borrowed and outstanding.
The Revolving Facility, when drawn, bears interest at a rate equal to, at our option, either the Alternate Base Rate (as defined in the Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement) plus 4.00% per annum or the Term SOFR Rate (as defined in the Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement) plus 5.00% per annum. We are required to pay an annual commitment fee of 0.50% per annum on a quarterly basis based on the unused portion of the Revolving Facility, provided that the commitment fee is subject to one 0.125% step-down after the delivery of the financial statements and related compliance certificate for the fiscal quarter ending on or after September 30, 2024 for which the First Lien Net Leverage Ratio (as defined in the Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement) is less than 5.00 to 1.00.
The Term Loan initially bears interest at a rate equal to, at our option, either the Alternate Base Rate (as defined in the Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement) plus 5.00% per annum or the Term SOFR Rate (as defined in the Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement) plus 6.00% per annum. After the delivery of the financial statements and related compliance certificate for the fiscal quarter ending on or after September 30, 2024 for which the First Lien Net Leverage Ratio (as defined in the Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement) is less than 5.00 to 1.00, the applicable rate for Alternate Base Rate loans or Term SOFR Rate loans will be subject to one 0.50% step-down. Any borrowing at the Alternate Base Rate is subject to a 1.00% floor and the Term SOFR Rate is subject to a 0.00% floor.
The Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement contains customary affirmative covenants as well as customary negative covenants that restrict our ability to, among other things, incur additional indebtedness, incur liens or grant negative pledges, make loans and investments, conduct certain transactions with affiliates, sell certain assets, enter into certain swap agreements, guarantee obligations of third parties, declare dividends or make certain distributions, and undergo a merger or consolidation or certain other transactions. The Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement also contains certain customary events of default. Certain baskets and covenant levels have been adjusted and will apply equally to both the Term Loan and Revolving Facility for so long as the Term Loan is outstanding.
The obligations under the Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement with respect to the Term Loan and the Revolving Facility are secured by substantially all of our assets, with certain exceptions set forth in the Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, and are required to be guaranteed by certain material subsidiaries of the Company if, at the end of future financial quarters, certain conditions are not met.
During the fiscal years ended June 30, 2024 and 2023, we incurred total commitment fees of $1.3 million and $1.6 million, respectively, which are included in Interest expense in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss.
As of June 30, 2024, we had drawn the full amount of the Term Loan and had not drawn on the Revolving Facility, and we had $1,000.0 million total outstanding borrowings under the Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement. As of June 30, 2024, we had outstanding letters of credit totaling $53.2 million, which are classified as Restricted cash on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
In connection with the execution of the Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, the Term Loan was accounted for as a modification, extinguishment, or new loan for certain lenders in accordance with ASC 470-50. Accordingly, a discount and debt issuance costs of $10.0 million and $2.3 million, respectively, will be amortized to Interest expense using the effective interest method over the term of the Third Amended and
59
Restated Credit Agreement. Furthermore, we expensed $8.7 million of debt issuance costs incurred and wrote-off $7.5 million of previously deferred debt discount and debt issuance costs, which are included within Net gain on debt refinancing on the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
As of June 30, 2024, we had not drawn any amount under the Revolving Facility and as such did not have to test the financial covenants under the Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement. We are required to pledge or otherwise restrict a portion of cash and cash equivalents as collateral for standby letters of credit.
Upon entering into the Term Loan, the effective interest rate was 12.4%, which was the effective interest rate as of June 30, 2024.
Cash Flows
| Fiscal Year Ended June 30, | ||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2024 | 2023 | 2022 | ||||||||
| (in millions) | ||||||||||
| Net cash used in operating activities | $ | (66.1) | $ | (387.6) | $ | (2,020.0) | ||||
| Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities | 26.8 | (69.9) | 153.3 | |||||||
| Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities | (94.4) | 76.8 | 2,015.1 |
Operating Activities
Net cash used in operating activities of $66.1 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2024 was primarily due to a net loss of $551.9 million and a net increase in operating assets and liabilities of $13.9 million, partially offset by non-cash adjustments of $499.7 million. The increase in operating assets and liabilities was primarily due to a $95.5 million decrease in accounts payable and accrued expenses, a $90.8 million decrease in net operating lease liabilities due to lease payments and lease terminations as we continue to reduce our real estate footprint through our restructuring efforts, a $23.6 million decrease in deferred revenue and customer deposits due to lower extended warranty revenue sales, and a $7.0 million increase in accounts receivable. The decrease was partially offset by $163.0 million decrease in inventory and a $42.6 million decrease in prepaid expenses and other current assets, primarily due to timing of prepayments for music royalties and marketing expenses. Non-cash adjustments primarily consisted of stock-based compensation expense, depreciation and amortization, non-cash operating lease expense, and long-lived asset impairment expense, partially offset by a gain on debt extinguishment of convertible notes.
Investing activities
Net cash provided by investing activities of $26.8 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2024 was primarily related to $31.9 million in proceeds from the sale of Peloton Output Park and $14.6 million in proceeds from the sale of a manufacturing subsidiary in Taiwan, partially offset by $19.7 million used for capital expenditures, primarily related to product development and the build out of our warehouses.
Financing activities
Net cash used in financing activities of $(94.4) million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2024 was primarily related to $(742.5) million payment on principal of the old term loan and $(724.9) million payment on a portion of the 2026 Notes, partially offset by $986.9 million net proceeds from the issuance of the new Term Loan, $342.3 million net proceeds from the issuance of the 2029 Notes, and exercises of stock options of $41.2 million.
Commitments
As of June 30, 2024, our contractual obligations were as follows:
| Payments due by period | ||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Contractual obligations: | Total | Less than | 1-3 years | 3-5 years | More than | |||||||||||||
| 1 year | 5 years | |||||||||||||||||
| (in millions) | ||||||||||||||||||
| Lease obligations (1) | $ | 748.6 | $ | 103.9 | $ | 186.0 | $ | 135.6 | $ | 323.1 | ||||||||
| Minimum guarantees (2) | 67.5 | 57.7 | 9.8 | — | — | |||||||||||||
| Unused credit facility fee payments (3) | 2.5 | 0.6 | 1.0 | 1.0 | — | |||||||||||||
| Other purchase obligations (4) | 105.1 | 52.2 | 52.6 | 0.3 | — | |||||||||||||
| Convertible senior notes (5) | 549.0 | — | 199.0 | 350.0 | — | |||||||||||||
| Term loan (5) | 1,000.0 | 10.0 | 20.0 | 970.0 | — | |||||||||||||
| Total | $ | 2,472.7 | $ | 224.3 | $ | 468.4 | $ | 1,456.9 | $ | 323.1 |
______________________
(1) Lease obligations relate to our office space, warehouses, production studios, retail locations, and equipment. The original lease terms are between one and 21 years, and the majority of the lease agreements are renewable at the end of the lease period. The Company has finance lease obligations of $0.1 million, also included above.
60
(2) We are subject to minimum royalty payments associated with our license agreements for the use of licensed content. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Business— We depend upon third-party licenses for the use of music in our content. An adverse change to, loss of, or claim that we do not hold necessary licenses may have an adverse effect on our business, operating results, and financial condition.”
(3) Pursuant to the Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, we are required to pay a commitment fee of 0.500% on a quarterly basis based on the unused portion of the Revolving Facility.
(4) Other purchase obligations include all other non-cancelable contractual obligations. These contracts are primarily related to cloud computing costs.
(5) Refer to Note 12 - Debt in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further details regarding our 2026 Notes and 2029 Notes and Term Loan obligations.
The commitment amounts in the table above are associated with contracts that are enforceable and legally binding and that specify all significant terms, including fixed or minimum services to be used, fixed, minimum or variable price provisions, and the approximate timing of the actions under the contracts.
We utilize contract manufacturers to build our products and accessories. These contract manufacturers acquire components and build products based on demand forecast information we supply, which typically covers a rolling 12-month period. Consistent with industry practice, we acquire inventories from such manufacturers through blanket purchase orders against which orders are applied based on projected demand information and availability of goods. Such purchase commitments typically cover our forecasted product and manufacturing requirements for periods that range a number of months. In certain instances, these agreements allow us the option to cancel, reschedule, and/or adjust our requirements based on our business needs for a period of time before the order is due to be fulfilled. While our purchase orders are legally cancellable in many situations, some purchase orders are not cancellable in the event of a demand plan change or other circumstances, such as where the supplier has procured unique, Peloton-specific designs, and/or specific non-cancellable, non-returnable components based on our provided forecasts.
As of June 30, 2024, our commitments to contract with third-party manufacturers for their inventory on-hand and component purchase commitments related to the manufacture of our products were estimated to be approximately $80.1 million. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—Our operating results have been, and could in the future be, adversely affected if we are unable to accurately forecast consumer demand for our products and services and adequately manage our inventory.”
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
We did not have any undisclosed off-balance sheet arrangements as of June 30, 2024.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
See Note 2 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K under the heading “Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements” for a discussion about new accounting pronouncements adopted and not yet adopted as of the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Critical Accounting Estimates
Our discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with GAAP. In preparing the consolidated financial statements, we make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, stockholders’ equity, revenue, expenses, and related disclosures. We re-evaluate our estimates on an on-going basis. Our estimates are based on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Because of the uncertainty inherent in these matters, actual results may differ from these estimates and could differ based upon other assumptions or conditions. The critical accounting policies that reflect our more significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements include those noted below.
Revenue Recognition
Our primary sources of revenue are our recurring content Subscription revenue, and revenue from the sales of our Connected Fitness Products and related accessories, as well as Precor branded fitness products, delivery and installation services.
We determine revenue recognition through the following steps in accordance with ASC 606:
•identification of the contract, or contracts, with a customer;
•identification of the performance obligations in the contract;
•determination of the transaction price;
•allocation of the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; and
•recognition of revenue when, or as, we satisfy a performance obligation.
Revenue is recognized when control of the promised goods or services is transferred to our customers, in an amount that reflects the consideration that we expect to be entitled to in exchange for those goods or services. Our revenue is reported net of sales returns and concessions, discounts and allowances, incentives, and rebates to commercial distributors as a reduction of the transaction price. Certain contracts include consideration payable that is accounted for as a payment for distinct goods or services. Our transaction price estimate includes our estimate for product returns and concessions based on the terms and conditions of home trial programs, historical return trends by product category, impact of seasonality, an evaluation of current economic and market conditions, and current business practices, and record the expected customer refund liability as a reduction to revenue, and the expected inventory right of recovery as a reduction of cost of revenue. If
61
actual return costs differ from previous estimates, the amount of the liability and corresponding revenue are adjusted in the period in which such costs occur.
There is not significant judgement required in the determination of performance obligations, allocation of our transaction price, or the recognition of revenue. See further discussion in Note 3 - Revenue in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
As described in Note 13 - Commitments and Contingencies in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, we announced a voluntary recall of the Company's Tread+ product in collaboration with the U.S. Consumer Product Safety Commission (“CPSC”) which had permitted customers to return the product for a refund. The amount of a refund customers were eligible to receive differed based on the status of an approved remediation of the issue driving the recall, and the age of the Connected Fitness product being returned. We estimated return reserves primarily based on historical and expected product returns, product warranty, and service call trends. We also considered current trends in consumer behavior in order to identify correlations to current trends in returns.
On October 18, 2022, the CPSC and we jointly announced that consumers have more time to get a full refund if they wish to return their Tread+, extending the full refund period for one additional year, to November 6, 2023. With the extension period now over, we adjusted its reserve assumptions for lower volume of expected returns, as well as an increase in estimated take rate of the rear guard repair, resulting in a reduction to the return reserve. As a result of these recalls, we have recorded return provisions as a (benefit)/reduction to Connected Fitness Products revenue of $(4.5) million, $14.6 million, and $48.9 million for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2024, 2023 and 2022, respectively. As of June 30, 2024 and June 30, 2023, our returns reserve related to the impacts of the recalls was $6.7 million and $24.4 million, respectively.
Product Recall Related Matters
We accrue cost of product recalls and potential corrective actions based on management’s estimate of when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount can be reasonably estimated, which occurs when management commits to a corrective action plan or when required by regulatory requirements. Costs of product recalls and corrective actions are recognized in Connected Fitness Products cost of revenue, which may include the cost of the development of the product being replaced, logistics costs, and other related costs such as product scrap cost, inventory write-down and cancellation of any supplier commitments. The accrued cost is based on management’s estimate of the cost to repair each affected product and the estimated number of products to be repaired based on actions taken by the impacted customers. Estimating both cost to repair each affected product and the number of units to be repaired is highly subjective and requires significant management judgment. Based on information that is currently available, management believes that the accruals are adequate. It is possible that substantial additional charges may be required in future periods based on new information, changes in facts and circumstances, and actions we may commit to or be required to undertake. We did not accrue any additional liability related to its product recall related matters during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2024. During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2023, we accrued an additional $64.1 million liability related to its product recall related matters. As of June 30, 2024 and June 30, 2023, accruals related to product recall related matters were $8.3 million and $63.4 million, respectively, were included within Accounts payable and accrued expenses on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
Inventory Valuation and Reserves
We review our inventory to ensure that its carrying value does not exceed its net realizable value (“NRV”), with NRV based on the estimated selling price of inventory in the ordinary course of business, less estimated costs of completion, disposal and transportation. When our expectations indicate that the carrying value of inventory may exceed its NRV, we perform an exercise to calculate the approximate amount by which carrying value is greater than NRV and record additional cost of revenue for the difference. Once a write-off occurs, a new, lower cost basis is established. Should our estimates used in these calculations change in the future, such as estimated selling prices or disposal costs, additional write-downs may occur.
We also regularly monitor inventory quantities on hand and in transit and reserve for excess and obsolete inventories using estimates based on historical experience, historical and projected sales trends, specific categories of inventory, and age of on-hand inventory. Inventories presented in the Consolidated Balance Sheets are net of reserves for excess and obsolete inventory. If actual conditions or product demands are less favorable than our assumptions, additional inventory reserves may be required.
Product Warranty
We offer a standard product warranty that our Connected Fitness Products will operate under normal, non-commercial use covering the touchscreen and most original Bike, Bike+, Tread, Tread+, Row, and Guide components. We have the obligation, at our option, to either repair or replace the defective product. At the time revenue is recognized, an estimate of future warranty costs is recorded as a component of cost of revenue. Factors that affect the warranty obligation include historical as well as current product failure rates, service delivery costs incurred in correcting product failures, and warranty policies and business practices. Our products are manufactured by contract manufacturers, and in certain cases, we may have recourse to such contract manufacturers.
We also offer the option for customers in some markets to purchase an extended warranty and service contract that extends or enhances the technical support, parts, and labor coverage offered as part of the base warranty included with the Connected Fitness Products for additional periods beyond the standard product warranty period.
Extended warranty revenue is recognized ratably over the extended warranty coverage period and is included in Connected Fitness Products revenue in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss.
62
Goodwill and Intangible Assets
Goodwill represents the excess of the aggregate of the consideration transferred and the amount recognized for non-controlling interest, if any, over the fair value of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination. We have no intangible assets with indefinite useful lives.
Intangible assets other than goodwill are comprised of acquired developed technology and other finite-lived intangible assets. At initial recognition, intangible assets acquired in a business combination or asset acquisition are recognized at their fair value as of the date of acquisition. Following initial recognition, intangible assets are carried at acquisition date fair value less accumulated amortization and impairment losses, if any, and are amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of the asset.
We review goodwill for impairment annually on April 1 of each fiscal year or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that an impairment may exist. The process of evaluating the potential impairment of goodwill is highly subjective and requires significant judgment. In conducting our annual impairment test, we first review qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If factors indicate that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, we perform a quantitative assessment and the fair value of the reporting unit is estimated by analyzing the expected present value of future cash flows. If the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, an impairment loss equal to the excess is recorded.
We assess the impairment of intangible assets whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable.
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
We test our long-lived asset groups when changes in circumstances indicate their carrying value may not be recoverable. Events that trigger a test for recoverability include material adverse changes in projected revenues and expenses, present cash flow losses combined with a history of cash flow losses and a forecast that demonstrates significant continuing losses, significant negative industry or economic trends, a current expectation that a long-lived asset group will be disposed of significantly before the end of its useful life, a significant adverse change in the manner in which an asset group is used or in its physical condition, or when there is a change in the asset grouping. When a triggering event occurs, a test for recoverability is performed, comparing projected undiscounted future cash flows to the carrying value of the asset group. If the test for recoverability identifies a possible impairment, the asset group’s fair value is measured relying primarily on a discounted cash flow method. To the extent available, we will also consider third-party valuations of our long-lived assets that were prepared for other business purposes. An impairment charge is recognized for the amount by which the carrying value of the asset group exceeds its estimated fair value. When an impairment loss is recognized for assets to be held and used, the adjusted carrying amounts of those assets are depreciated over their remaining useful life.
For our Connected Fitness segment and Subscription segment, we evaluate long-lived tangible assets at the lowest level at which independent cash flows can be identified, which is dependent on the strategy and expected future use of our long-lived assets. We evaluate corporate assets or other long-lived assets that are not segment-specific at the consolidated level.
We measure the fair value of an asset group based on market prices (i.e., the amount for which the asset could be sold to a third party) when available. When market prices are not available, we generally estimate the fair value of the asset group using the income approach and/or the market approach. The income approach uses cash flow projections. Inherent in our development of cash flow projections are assumptions and estimates derived from a review of our operating results, business plan forecasts, expected growth rates, and cost of capital, similar to those a market participant would use to assess fair value. We also make certain assumptions about future economic conditions and other data. Many of the factors used in assessing fair value are outside the control of management, and these assumptions and estimates may change in future periods.
Changes in assumptions or estimates can materially affect the fair value measurement of an asset group and, therefore, can affect the test results. Since there is typically no active market for our long-lived tangible assets, we estimate fair values based on the expected future cash flows. We estimate future cash flows based on historical results, current trends, and operating and cash flow projections. Our estimates are subject to uncertainty and may be affected by a number of factors outside our control, including general economic conditions and the competitive environment. While we believe our estimates and judgments about future cash flows are reasonable, future impairment charges may be required if the expected cash flow estimates, as projected, do not occur or if events change requiring us to revise our estimates.
During fiscal 2022, 2023 and 2024, management identified various qualitative factors that collectively indicated that the Company had impairment triggering events, including (i) realignment of cost structure in connection with the restructuring initiatives, (ii) softening demand and (iii) significant decrease in the market price of certain long-lived asset groups.
Business Combination
To determine whether transactions should be accounted for as acquisitions of assets or business combinations, we make certain judgments, which include assessment of the inputs, processes, and outputs associated with the acquired set of activities. If we determine that substantially all of the fair value of gross assets included in a transaction is concentrated in a single asset (or a group of similar assets), the assets will not represent a business. To be considered a business, the assets in a transaction need to include an input and a substantive process that together significantly contribute to the ability to create outputs.
We allocate the fair value of the purchase consideration to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values at the acquisition date. The fair values of intangible assets are determined utilizing information available near the acquisition date based on expectations and assumptions that are deemed reasonable by management. Given the considerable judgment involved in determining fair
63
values, we typically obtain assistance from third-party valuation specialists for significant items. Any excess of the purchase price (consideration transferred) over the estimated fair values of net assets acquired is recorded as goodwill. Transaction costs are expensed as incurred. Amounts recorded in a business combination may change during the measurement period, which is a period not to exceed one year from the date of acquisition, as additional information about conditions that existed at the acquisition date becomes available.
Loss Contingencies
We are, or may become, a party to legal proceedings, claims, and regulatory, tax, and government inquiries and investigations that arise in the ordinary course of business. Certain of these matters include claims for substantial uncertainty or the amount of potential damages are unascertainable. Accordingly, except for proceedings that have settled or been terminated, or except where otherwise indicated in the accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements, it is not possible to determine the probability of loss or estimate damages for such matters, and therefore, we have not established reserves for any of these proceedings. When we determine that a loss is both probable and reasonably estimable, we record a liability, and, if the liability is material, we disclose the amount of the liability reserved in the accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.
Unless otherwise disclosed in the accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements, while it is reasonably possible that a loss may be incurred relating to the legal proceedings set forth in the accompanying notes to our consolidated financial statements, we are unable to estimate a range of potential loss due to the complexity and current status of these proceedings. In these matters, we have not established a reserve.
We evaluate, on a regular basis, developments in our legal proceedings and other contingencies that could affect the amount of the liability, including amounts in excess of any previous accruals and reasonably possible losses disclosed, and make adjustments and changes to our accruals and disclosures as appropriate to reflect the impact of negotiations, settlements, rulings, advice of legal counsel, and updated information. Significant judgment is required to determine both the probability and the estimated amount of loss. These estimates have been based on our assessment of the facts and circumstances at each balance sheet date and are subject to change based on new information and future events. For the matters we disclose in the accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements that do not include an estimate of the amount of loss or range of losses, estimating such an amount is not possible or is immaterial.
Given that our legal proceedings, claims, and regulatory, tax, and government inquiries and investigations are subject to uncertainty, there can be no assurance that such legal proceedings, either individually or in the aggregate, will not have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.
64
FY 2023 10-K MD&A
SEC filing source: 0001639825-23-000132.
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. As discussed in the section titled "Special Note Regarding Forward Looking Statements," the following discussion and analysis contains forward looking statements that involve risks, uncertainties, assumptions, and other important factors that, if they never materialize or prove incorrect, could cause our results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by such forward looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to these differences include, but are not limited to, those identified below and those discussed in the section titled "Risk Factors" in Part I, Item 1A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
A discussion of our results of operations for our fiscal year ended June 30, 2022 compared to the year ended June 30, 2021 is included our Annual
Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2022, filed with the SEC on September 7, 2022 (File No. 001-39058) under the heading “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”
Overview
Peloton is a leading global fitness company with a highly engaged community of over 6.5 million Members as of June 30, 2023. A category innovator at the nexus of fitness, technology, and media, Peloton's first-of-its-kind subscription platform seamlessly combines innovative hardware, distinctive software, and exclusive content. Its world-renowned instructors coach and motivate Members to be the best version of themselves anytime, anywhere. We define a “Member” as any individual who has a Peloton account through a paid Connected Fitness Subscription or a paid Peloton App Membership, and completes 1 or more completed workouts in the trailing 12 month period. We define a completed workout as either completing at least 50% of an instructor-led class, scenic ride or run, or ten or more minutes of “Just Ride”, “Just Run”, or “Just Row” mode.
Our Connected Fitness Products portfolio includes the Peloton Bike, Bike+, Tread, Tread+, Guide, and Row. Access to the Peloton App is available with an All Access or Guide Membership for Members who have Connected Fitness Products or through a standalone App Membership with multiple Membership tiers. Our revenue is generated primarily from recurring Subscription revenue and the sale of our Connected Fitness Products. We are additionally focused on growing our Paid App subscribers, including through efforts such as our recent branding and App relaunch in May 2023. We define a “Connected Fitness Subscription” as a person, household, or commercial property, such as a hotel or residential building, who has either paid for a subscription to a Connected Fitness Product (a Connected Fitness Subscription with a successful credit card billing or with prepaid subscription credits or waivers) or requested a “pause” to their subscription for up to three months.
Our financial profile has been characterized by strong retention, recurring revenue, and efficient customer acquisition. Our low Average Net Monthly Connected Fitness Churn, together with our high Subscription Contribution Margin, yields an attractive lifetime value (“LTV”) for our Connected Fitness Subscriptions well in excess of our customer acquisition costs (“CAC”). Maintaining an attractive LTV/CAC ratio is a primary goal of our customer acquisition strategy.
Fourth Quarter Fiscal 2023 Update and Recent Developments
Quarterly and Recent Highlights
Operations
Increasing the efficiency of our operations remains a top priority, and we continue to make progress across a range of operational functions. Within our hardware COGS, middle and last mile costs per unit declined 22% year over year in the three months ended June 30, 2023, reflecting our warehouse consolidation efforts and continued collaboration with our third-party logistics partners.
We continue to make progress on reducing costs across our general and administrative (G&A) functions and sales and marketing (S&M). Within G&A, we reduced professional and legal fees (excluding settlements) by over 37% year over year in the three months ended June 30, 2023. We've succeeded in reducing our legal, IT, insurance, and staff augmentation expenses and see opportunity to drive further savings through fiscal year 2024. Reducing the fixed spending portion of our S&M expenses has been a key priority during fiscal year 2023, and we've made substantial progress. In the three months ended June 30, 2023, fixed spending within S&M decreased by over 25% year over year. The largest driver of fixed cost savings is our ongoing reduction of our first-party retail footprint. To date, we've closed 67 retail showrooms, and we will continue optimizing our showroom footprint over the course of fiscal year 2024.
Content, Software and Community
On May 23, 2023, we launched our new App Membership Tiers. Peloton now offers five distinct Membership tiers - three newly launched App Membership Tiers (Free, App One, and App+), as well as the existing All-Access Membership (Connected Fitness Subscription for Peloton equipment owners) and Guide Membership (for Guide owners who don't also own a Peloton Bike, Bike+, Peloton Tread, or Peloton Row). The new App tiers allow beginners and enthusiasts alike to work out with or without equipment – at home, outdoors or at their gym – independently or with instruction.
We also launched Peloton Gym for each of our App tiers. Peloton Gym offers step-by-step, self-guided workouts designed by Peloton Instructors that Members can take to the gym or on the go. As with all of our App features, Peloton Gym leverages our unparalleled Instructor expertise, combined with Member feedback, to enrich our Strength modality experience over time.
For our All-Access Members, we continue to deliver on our promise of an always-improving experience across Bike, Bike+, Tread, Row, and Guide. We expanded upon our gamification experiences by launching Lanebreak on Tread globally. Peloton Tread Members can now engage in an immersive, gaming-inspired workout, an experience that was previously only offered on Bike and Bike+. We also have made iterations to Run
45
Achievements on Tread, helping Members more easily track and measure their performance. On the personal records page, Tread Members are now able to view their current run achievements alongside their output personal record ("PR").
Building on our successful launch of our Bike/Bike+ rental program in the U.S. and Canada, we were pleased to bring our rental program to Germany, beginning August 9th. While we continue to optimize our rental program, our data continues to show that rentals are incremental to our subscription base, and we’re excited about expanding this low-cost, commitment-free Connected Fitness offering for Members.
We also have been testing and implementing improvements to the discovery experience and personalization algorithms, continuing efforts to showcase new content and help Members better find what they’re looking for with ease. For example, following a successful beta test, in August we launched personalized workout plans for Guide users. Research shows that both Members and prospective Members are looking for more help making progress and staying motivated to their fitness goals. Personalized Plans takes progressive, goal-based plans created by fitness experts and personalizes the recommendations to fit a Member’s interests, starting first with the goal of “Getting Stronger". We also launched 8 new rows of personalized recommendations on Tread and added a new layer of organization within our larger Class Collections (such as Artist Series) on Bike/Bike+, Tread, and Row.
We draw inspiration from the incredible Peloton community every day. Millions strong, the Peloton community drives us to be the best we can be, and their enthusiasm for Peloton led us to create our annual New York based Homecoming event in 2016 to celebrate their achievements and give Members special access to Instructors and unique Peloton experiences. This summer we've re-imagined Homecoming by creating "Peloton on Tour", a five-city, three-country traveling tour. We debuted Peloton on Tour in Los Angeles (July 13-15), then visited Atlanta (August 17-19), and will be visiting Chicago, Berlin and London in the coming months. Participating Members are able to attend live classes, participate in friendly fitness competitions, and join panel discussions and Instructor meet and greets. Member response has been very positive, and we're eager to apply learnings from this inaugural tour so we can continue to evolve our approach to in-person events that celebrate our unique Peloton community.
Restructuring Plan
In February 2022, we announced and began implementing a restructuring plan to realign our operational focus to support our multi-year growth, scale the business, and improve costs (the “Restructuring Plan”). The Restructuring Plan originally included: (i) reducing our headcount; (ii) closing several assembly and manufacturing plants, including the completion and subsequent sale of the shell facility for our previously planned Peloton Output Park; (iii) closing and consolidating several distribution facilities; and (iv) shifting to third-party logistics providers in certain locations. We expect the Restructuring Plan to be substantially implemented by the end of fiscal 2024.
In fiscal year 2023 we continued to take actions to implement the Restructuring Plan. On July 12, 2022, we announced we are exiting all owned-manufacturing operations and expanding our current relationship with Taiwanese manufacturer, Rexon Industrial Corp. Additionally, on August 12, 2022, we announced our decision to perform the following additional restructuring activities: (i) fully transitioning our North American Field Operations to third-party providers, including the significant reduction of our delivery workforce teams; (ii) eliminating a significant number of roles on the North America Member Support team and exiting our real-estate footprints in our Plano and Tempe locations; and (iii) reducing our retail showroom presence.
Total charges related to the Restructuring Plan were $332.4 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2023, consisting of cash charges of $85.1 million for severance and other personnel costs and $19.3 million for exit and disposal costs and professional fees, and non-cash charges of $139.3 million related to non-inventory asset write-downs and write-offs, $85.0 million for stock-based compensation expense and $3.7 million for write-offs of inventory related to restructuring activities.
We’ve made progress in achieving goals in each category above. For example, we have reduced our negative Free Cash Flow from $(2.4) billion in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2022 to $(470.0) million in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2023 (and we have reduced our negative Net cash used in operating activities from $(2.0) billion in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2022 to $(387.6) million in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2023). Total operating expenses (excluding Goodwill impairment, Impairment expense, Restructuring expense, and Supplier settlements) decreased 25% year-over-year in fiscal year 2023 and we continue our work in looking for additional efficiencies. As of June 30, 2023, we've closed 66 retail showrooms and we will continue optimizing our showroom footprint over the course of fiscal year 2024. We expect substantial further improvements in fiscal year 2024 in the above as well as a number of other measures by which we measure the success of our Restructuring Plan.
In connection with the Restructuring Plan, we estimate that we will incur additional cash charges of approximately $40.0 million, primarily composed of lease termination and other exit costs, by the end of fiscal year 2024. Additionally, the Company expects to recognize additional non-cash charges of approximately $20.0 million during fiscal year 2024, primarily composed of non-inventory asset impairment charges in connection with the Restructuring Plan.
We may not be able to fully realize the cost savings and benefits initially anticipated from the Restructuring Plan, and the expected costs may be greater than expected. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—We may not successfully execute or achieve the expected benefits of our restructuring initiatives and other cost-saving measures we may take in the future, and our efforts may result in further actions and/or additional asset impairment charges and adversely affect our business.”
Tread+ and Tread Product Recall Return Reserves and Cost Estimates
On May 5, 2021, we announced separate, voluntary recalls of each of our Tread+ and Tread products in collaboration with the CPSC and halted sales of these products to work on product enhancements. Members were notified that they could return their Tread or Tread+ for a full refund, or wait until a solution is available. We announced a repair for the Tread in August 2021, shortly before resuming sales. In collaboration with the CPSC, on May 18, 2023, we jointly announced approval of a rear guard repair for the recalled Tread+, and which we are in the process of ramping
46
up manufacturing. We will make this rear guard available to our Members who continue to own a Tread+ and, later, resume sales of the Tread+ from our existing inventory with the rear guard installed.
As a result of these recalls, we recognized a reduction to Connected Fitness Products revenue for actual and estimated future returns of $14.6 million, $48.9 million, and $81.1 million for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively, and a return reserve of $24.4 million and $39.9 million is included within Accounts payable and accrued expenses in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets related to the impacts of the recall as of June 30, 2023 and June 30, 2022, respectively. In addition, during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2023, the Company recognized an accrual for the cost associated with the Tread+ rear guard repair based on an amount that was deemed probable and reasonably estimable. We may continue to incur additional costs beyond what we have currently estimated to be probable and reasonably estimable which could include costs for which we have not accrued or established adequate reserves, including increases to the return reserves, inventory write-downs, logistics costs associated with Member requests to return or move their hardware, subscription waiver variable costs of service, anticipated recall-related hardware development and repair costs, and related legal and advisory fees. Recall charges are based upon estimates associated with our expected and historical consumer response rates.
Actual costs related to this matter may vary from the estimate, and may result in further impacts to our future results of operations and business. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Connected Fitness Products and Members—We may be subject to warranty claims that could result in significant direct or indirect costs, or we could experience greater product returns than expected, either of which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and operating results.”
Bike Seat Post Recall
In May 2023, in collaboration with the CPSC, we announced a voluntary recall of the original Peloton model Bikes (not Bike+) seat posts sold in the U.S. from January 2018 to May 2023. We are offering Members a replacement seat post as the approved repair. As a result of this recall, we recognized $48.4 million for the cost to replace the bike seat posts based on an amount that was deemed probable and reasonably estimable, reflected in Connected Fitness Products cost of revenue in our Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2023. As of June 30, 2023, accruals of $42.2 million were included within Accounts payable and accrued expenses in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheet. We expect to incur the majority of the cost to replace affected Bike seat posts in the first six months of fiscal year 2024.
We may continue to incur additional costs beyond what we have currently estimated to be probable and estimable, including if the number of reported incidents materially increases. See “Risk Factors - Risks Related to Our Connected Fitness Products and Members — Our products and services may be affected from time to time by design and manufacturing defects or product safety issues, real or perceived, that could adversely affect our business and result in harm to our reputation.”
Key Operational and Business Metrics
In addition to the measures presented in our consolidated financial statements, we use the following key operational and business metrics to evaluate our business, measure our performance, develop financial forecasts, and make strategic decisions.
| Fiscal Year Ended June 30, | ||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2023 | 2022 | 2021 | ||||||||
| Ending Connected Fitness Subscriptions | 3,077,779 | 2,965,677 | 2,330,700 | |||||||
| Average Net Monthly Connected Fitness Churn | 1.2 | % | 1.0 | % | 0.6 | % | ||||
| Subscription Gross Profit (in millions) | $ | 1,122.1 | $ | 944.7 | $ | 541.7 | ||||
| Subscription Contribution (in millions)(1) | $ | 1,201.8 | $ | 994.2 | $ | 586.5 | ||||
| Subscription Gross Margin | 67.2 | % | 67.7 | % | 62.1 | % | ||||
| Subscription Contribution Margin(1) | 72.0 | % | 71.3 | % | 67.2 | % | ||||
| Net loss (in millions) | $ | (1,261.7) | $ | (2,827.7) | $ | (189.0) | ||||
| Adjusted EBITDA (in millions)(2) | $ | (208.5) | $ | (982.7) | $ | 253.7 | ||||
| Net Cash Used in Operating Activities (in millions) | $ | (387.6) | $ | (2,020.0) | $ | (239.7) | ||||
| Free Cash Flow (in millions)(3) | $ | (470.0) | $ | (2,357.4) | $ | (491.9) |
______________________________
(1) Please see the section titled “Non-GAAP Financial Measures—Subscription Contribution and Subscription Contribution Margin” for a reconciliation of Subscription Gross Profit to Subscription Contribution and an explanation of why we consider Subscription Contribution and Subscription Contribution Margin to be helpful measures for investors.
(2) Please see the section titled “Non-GAAP Financial Measures—Adjusted EBITDA” for a reconciliation of Net loss to Adjusted EBITDA and an explanation of why we consider Adjusted EBITDA to be a helpful measures for investors.
(3) Please see the section titled “Non-GAAP Financial Measures—Free Cash Flow” for a reconciliation of net cash used in operating activities to Free Cash Flow and an explanation of why we consider Free Cash Flow to be a helpful measures for investors.
Connected Fitness Subscriptions
Our ability to expand the number of Connected Fitness Subscriptions is an indicator of our market penetration and growth. We define a “Connected Fitness Subscription” as a person, household, or commercial property, such as a hotel or residential building, who has either paid for a subscription to a Connected Fitness Product (a Connected Fitness Subscription with a successful credit card billing or with prepaid
47
subscription credits or waivers) or has paused their subscription for up to three months. We do not include canceled or unpaid Connected Fitness Subscriptions in the Connected Fitness Subscription count, with the exception of paused Connected Fitness Subscriptions. A subscription is canceled and ceases to be reflected in the above metrics as of the effective cancellation date, which is the Member’s next scheduled billing date.
Average Net Monthly Connected Fitness Churn
We use Average Net Monthly Connected Fitness Churn to measure the retention of our Connected Fitness Subscriptions. We define “Average Net Monthly Connected Fitness Churn” as Connected Fitness Subscription cancellations, net of reactivations, in the quarter, divided by the average number of beginning Connected Fitness Subscriptions in each month, divided by three months. When a Connected Fitness Subscription payment method fails, we communicate with our Members to update their payment method and make multiple attempts over several days to charge the payment method on file and reactivate the subscription. We cancel a Member’s Connected Fitness Subscription when it remains unpaid for two days after their billing cycle date. This metric does not include data related to our Peloton App subscriptions for Members who pay a monthly fee for access to our content library on their own devices.
Upcoming changes to our reporting metrics
Starting in fiscal year 2024, we are making changes to our reported operating metrics. We will no longer include paused Connected Fitness subscriptions in our new Ending Paid Connected Fitness Subscriptions metric, and will now treat a pause action as a churn event in our Average Net Monthly Paid Connected Fitness Subscription Churn as described below. In the first quarter of fiscal 2024, we also plan to report a new metric, Average Monthly Paid App Subscription Churn. These changes are designed to align our reported metrics more closely with our strategic priorities and provide additional disclosure for investors.
Ending Paid Connected Fitness Subscriptions
Ending Paid Connected Fitness Subscriptions will include all Connected Fitness Subscriptions for which we are currently receiving payment (a successful credit card billing or prepaid subscription credit or waiver). Historically, we have included a Connected Fitness Subscription that is paused for up to three months as a Connected Fitness Subscription. Because there is no payment on a paused subscription, we will no longer include paused Connected Fitness Subscriptions in our Ending Paid Connected Fitness Subscription count. The below table compares how Ending Paid Connected Fitness Subscriptions compares to our previous definition:
| Three Months Ended | ||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| September 30, 2022 | December 31, 2022 | March 31, 2023 | June 30, 2023 | |||||||
| Ending Connected Fitness Subscriptions(1) | 2,973,371 | 3,033,352 | 3,107,121 | 3,077,779 | ||||||
| Less: Ending Paused Connected Fitness Subscriptions | (55,054) | (54,170) | (51,902) | (80,336) | ||||||
| Ending Paid Connected Fitness Subscriptions(2) | 2,918,317 | 2,979,182 | 3,055,219 | 2,997,443 |
______________________________
(1) Legacy reporting metric
(2) New reporting metric starting in the first quarter of fiscal 2024
As of June 30, 2023, the number of our Ending Paused Connected Fitness Subscriptions increased by 55% versus March 31, 2023. While we historically experience a seasonal increase in the number of paused subscriptions in the three months ended June 30, 2023, we believe a significant portion of this year's outsized increase was related to our seat post recall announced on May 11, 2023, as some Members chose to pause their subscriptions while awaiting the delivery of their replacement seat post.
Average Net Monthly Paid Connected Fitness Subscription Churn
To align with the new definition of Ending Paid Connected Fitness Subscriptions above, our new quarterly Average Net Monthly Paid Connected Fitness Subscription Churn will be calculated as follows: Paid Connected Fitness Subscriber "churn count" in the quarter, divided by the average number of beginning Paid Connected Fitness Subscribers each month, divided by three months. "Churn count" is defined as quarterly CF Subscription churn events minus CF Subscription unpause events minus CF Subscription reactivations.
We refer to any cancellation or pausing of a subscription for our All Access Membership as a churn event. Because we do not receive payment for paused Connected Fitness Subscriptions, a paused Connected Fitness Subscription will now be treated as a churn event at the time the pause goes into effect, which is the start of the next billing cycle. An unpause event occurs when a pause period elapses without a cancellation and the Connected Fitness Subscription resumes, and is therefore counted as a reduction in our churn count in that period. Consistent with our previous practice, our churn count will be shown net of reactivations and our new quarterly Average Net Monthly Paid Connected Fitness Subscription Churn metric will average the monthly Connected Fitness churn percentage across the three months of the reported quarter.
To date, we have reported Average Net Monthly Connected Fitness Churn, which is defined as Connected Fitness Subscription cancellations, net of reactivations, in the quarter, divided by the average number of beginning Connected Fitness Subscriptions in each month, divided by three months. This metric does not treat a pause of a Connected Fitness Subscription as a churn event. When a Connected Fitness Subscription payment method fails, we communicate with our Members to update their payment method and make multiple attempts over several days to charge the payment method on file and reactivate the subscription. We cancel a Member's Connected Fitness Subscription when it remains unpaid for two days after their billing cycle date.
48
Furthermore, we have reported our Average Net Monthly Connected Fitness Churn metric net of reactivations. Under this metric, a Connected Fitness Subscriber that cancels their membership (a churn event) and resubscribes in a subsequent period is considered a reactivation and is counted as a reduction in our churn count in the period during which the Subscriber resubscribes. The table below compares how Average Net Monthly Paid Connected Fitness Churn compares to our previous definition:
| Three Months Ended | |||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| September 30, 2022 | December 31, 2022 | March 31, 2023 | June 30, 2023 | ||||||||
| Average Net Monthly Connected Fitness Churn(1) | 1.1 | % | 1.1 | % | 1.1 | % | 1.4 | % | |||
| Average Net Monthly Paid Connected Fitness Subscription Churn(2) | 1.2 | % | 1.2 | % | 1.1 | % | 1.8 | % |
______________________________
(1) Legacy reporting metric
(2) New reporting metric starting in the first quarter of fiscal 2024
In the three months ended June 30, 2023, our Average Net Monthly Paid Connected Fitness Subscription churn reflects a seasonal increase in the number of paused subscriptions as well as an outsized increase in paused subscriptions related to our seat post recall, as we believe some Members chose to pause their subscriptions while awaiting the delivery of their replacement seat post. These metrics do not include data related to our App One Subscribers and App+ Subscribers.
Ending Paid App Subscriptions
Ending Paid App Subscriptions will include all App One and App+ subscriptions for which we are currently receiving payment.
Average Monthly Paid App Subscription Churn
When a Subscriber to App One or App+ cancels their membership (a churn event) and resubscribes in a subsequent period, the resubscription will be considered a new subscription (rather than a reactivation that is counted as a reduction in our churn count). Average Paid App Subscription Churn will be calculated as follows: Paid App Subscription cancellations in the quarter, divided by the average number of beginning Paid App Subscriptions each month, divided by three months.
Components of our Results of Operations
Revenue
Connected Fitness Products
Connected Fitness Products revenue consists of sales of our portfolio of Connected Fitness Products and related accessories, delivery and installation services, branded apparel, extended warranty agreements, and the sale, service, installation, and delivery contracts of our commercial business. Connected Fitness Products revenue is recognized at the time of delivery, except for extended warranty revenue that is recognized over the warranty period and service revenue that is recognized over the term, and is recorded net of returns and discounts and third-party financing program fees, when applicable.
Subscription
Subscription revenue consists of revenue generated from our monthly Connected Fitness Subscription and Peloton App subscription.
As of June 30, 2023, 99% and 81% of our Connected Fitness Subscription and Peloton App subscription bases, respectively, were paying month to month.
If a Connected Fitness Subscription owns a combination of a Bike, Tread, Guide or Row product in the same household, the price of the Subscription remains $44 monthly (price increased from $39 to $44 USD effective as of June 1, 2022). As of June 30, 2023, approximately 8% of our Connected Fitness Subscriptions owned both a Bike and Tread product.
Cost of revenue
Connected Fitness Products
Connected Fitness Products cost of revenue consists of our portfolio of Connected Fitness Products and branded apparel product costs, including duties and other applicable importing costs, shipping and handling costs, packaging, warranty replacement and service costs, fulfillment costs, warehousing costs, depreciation of property and equipment, and certain costs related to management, facilities, and personnel-related expenses associated with supply chain logistics.
Subscription
Subscription cost of revenue includes costs associated with content creation and costs to stream content to our Members. These costs consist of both fixed costs, including studio rent and occupancy, other studio overhead, instructor and production personnel-related expenses,
49
depreciation of property and equipment as well as variable costs, including music royalty fees, content costs for past use, third-party platform streaming costs, and payment processing fees for our monthly subscription billings.
Operating expenses
Sales and marketing
Sales and marketing expense consists of performance marketing media spend, asset creation, and other brand creative, all showroom expenses and related lease payments, payment processing fees incurred in connection with the sale of our Connected Fitness Products, sales and marketing personnel-related expenses, expenses related to the Peloton App, and depreciation of property and equipment.
General and administrative
General and administrative expense includes personnel-related expenses and facilities-related costs primarily for our executive, finance, accounting, legal, human resources, IT functions and member support. General and administrative expense also includes fees for professional services principally comprised of legal, audit, tax and accounting services, depreciation of property and equipment, and insurance, as well as litigation settlement costs.
Research and development
Research and development expense primarily consists of personnel and facilities-related expenses, consulting and contractor expenses, tooling and prototype materials, software platform expenses, and depreciation of property and equipment. We capitalize certain qualified costs incurred in connection with the development of internal-use software that may also cause research and development expenses to vary from period to period.
Goodwill impairment
Goodwill impairment consists of non-cash impairment charges relating to goodwill. We review goodwill for impairment annually on April 1 and more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that an impairment may exist. In conducting our annual impairment test, we first review qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of each reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If factors indicate that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, we perform a quantitative assessment and the fair value of the reporting unit is determined by analyzing the expected present value of future cash flows. If the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, an impairment loss equal to the excess is recorded.
Impairment expense
Impairment expense consists of non-cash impairment charges relating to long-lived assets. Impairments are determined using management’s judgment about our anticipated ability to continue to use fixed assets in-service and under development, current economic and market conditions and their effects based on information available as of the date of these consolidated financial statements. Management disposes of fixed assets during the regular course of business due to damage, obsolescence, strategic shifts, and loss.
Additionally, long-lived assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset group may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset group to future undiscounted net cash flows expected to be generated by the assets. If the carrying amount of an asset group exceeds its estimated undiscounted net future cash flows, an impairment charge is recognized for the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset group exceeds its fair value.
Restructuring expense
Restructuring expense consists of severance and other personnel costs, including stock-based compensation expense, professional services, facility closures and other costs associated with exit and disposal activities.
Supplier settlements
Supplier settlements are payments made to third-party suppliers to terminate certain future inventory purchase commitments.
Non-operating income and expenses
Other (expense) income, net
Other (expense) income, net consists of interest (expense) income, unrealized and realized gains (losses) on investments, and foreign exchange gains (losses).
Income tax provision
The provision for income taxes consists primarily of income taxes related to state and international taxes for jurisdictions in which we conduct business. We maintain a valuation allowance on the majority of our deferred tax assets as we have concluded that it is more likely than not that the deferred assets will not be utilized.
50
Results of Operations
The following tables set forth our consolidated results of operations in dollars and as a percentage of total revenue for the periods presented. The period-to-period comparisons of our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future.
| Fiscal Year Ended June 30, | ||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2023 | 2022 | 2021 | ||||||||
| (in millions) | ||||||||||
| Consolidated Statement of Operations Data: | ||||||||||
| Revenue | ||||||||||
| Connected Fitness Products | $ | 1,130.2 | $ | 2,187.5 | $ | 3,149.6 | ||||
| Subscription | 1,670.1 | 1,394.7 | 872.2 | |||||||
| Total revenue | 2,800.2 | 3,582.1 | 4,021.8 | |||||||
| Cost of revenue(1)(2) | ||||||||||
| Connected Fitness Products | 1,328.8 | 2,433.8 | 2,236.9 | |||||||
| Subscription | 547.9 | 450.0 | 330.5 | |||||||
| Total cost of revenue | 1,876.7 | 2,883.8 | 2,567.4 | |||||||
| Gross profit | 923.5 | 698.4 | 1,454.4 | |||||||
| Operating expenses | ||||||||||
| Sales and marketing(1)(2) | 648.2 | 1,018.9 | 728.3 | |||||||
| General and administrative(1)(2) | 798.1 | 963.4 | 661.8 | |||||||
| Research and development(1)(2) | 318.4 | 359.5 | 247.6 | |||||||
| Goodwill impairment | — | 181.9 | — | |||||||
| Impairment expense | 144.5 | 390.5 | 4.5 | |||||||
| Restructuring expense(1) | 189.4 | 180.7 | — | |||||||
| Supplier settlements | 22.0 | 337.6 | — | |||||||
| Total operating expenses | 2,120.6 | 3,432.4 | 1,642.2 | |||||||
| Loss from operations | (1,197.1) | (2,734.0) | (187.8) | |||||||
| Other expense, net: | ||||||||||
| Interest expense | (97.1) | (43.0) | (14.8) | |||||||
| Interest income | 26.4 | 2.3 | 7.9 | |||||||
| Foreign exchange gain (loss) | 7.0 | (31.8) | (3.5) | |||||||
| Other income (expense), net | 2.9 | (1.5) | 0.1 | |||||||
| Total other expense, net | (60.9) | (74.1) | (10.4) | |||||||
| Loss before provision (benefit) for income taxes | (1,258.0) | (2,808.1) | (198.2) | |||||||
| Income tax expense (benefit) | 3.7 | 19.6 | (9.2) | |||||||
| Net loss | $ | (1,261.7) | $ | (2,827.7) | $ | (189.0) |
____________________
51
(1) Includes stock-based compensation expense as follows:
| Fiscal Year Ended June 30, | ||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2023 | 2022 | 2021 | ||||||||
| (in millions) | ||||||||||
| Cost of revenue | ||||||||||
| Connected Fitness Products | $ | 14.3 | $ | 20.2 | $ | 12.6 | ||||
| Subscription | 42.8 | 22.7 | 25.9 | |||||||
| Total cost of revenue | 57.1 | 42.9 | 38.5 | |||||||
| Sales and marketing | 28.9 | 30.5 | 26.2 | |||||||
| General and administrative | 167.2 | 152.4 | 102.1 | |||||||
| Research and development | 66.7 | 46.0 | 27.2 | |||||||
| Restructuring expense | 85.0 | 56.5 | — | |||||||
| Total stock-based compensation expense | $ | 405.0 | $ | 328.4 | $ | 194.0 |
On July 1, 2022, the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Compensation Committee”) approved accelerating the vesting requirement for unvested restricted stock units held by certain employees by one year. This applied to eligible unvested restricted stock units that had more than eight quarterly vesting dates remaining in their vesting schedule. The acceleration resulted in approximately $35.6 million of stock-based compensation expense being pulled forward and recognized in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2023. Additionally, on July 1, 2022, the Compensation Committee approved a one-time repricing of certain stock option awards that had been granted to date under the 2019 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2019 Plan”). The repricing impacted stock options held by all employees who remained employed through July 25, 2022. The repricing did not apply to our U.S.-based hourly employees (or employees with equivalent roles in non-U.S. locations) or our C-level executives. The modification resulted in incremental stock-based compensation expense of $21.9 million in the aggregate.
____________________
(2) Includes depreciation and amortization expense as follows:
| Fiscal Year Ended June 30, | ||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2023 | 2022 | 2021 | ||||||||
| (in millions) | ||||||||||
| Cost of revenue | ||||||||||
| Connected Fitness Products | $ | 18.7 | $ | 20.0 | $ | 7.7 | ||||
| Subscription | 36.9 | 26.8 | 19.0 | |||||||
| Total cost of revenue | 55.5 | 46.8 | 26.7 | |||||||
| Sales and marketing | 31.1 | 29.6 | 14.3 | |||||||
| General and administrative | 26.3 | 45.7 | 13.0 | |||||||
| Research and development | 11.4 | 20.7 | 9.9 | |||||||
| Total depreciation and amortization expense | $ | 124.3 | $ | 142.8 | $ | 63.8 |
Comparison of the fiscal years ended June 30, 2023 and 2022
Revenue
| Fiscal Year Ended June 30, | |||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2023 | 2022 | % Change | |||||||
| (dollars in millions) | |||||||||
| Revenue: | |||||||||
| Connected Fitness Products | $ | 1,130.2 | $ | 2,187.5 | (48.3)% | ||||
| Subscription | 1,670.1 | 1,394.7 | 19.7 | ||||||
| Total revenue | $ | 2,800.2 | $ | 3,582.1 | (21.8)% | ||||
| Percentage of revenue | |||||||||
| Connected Fitness Products | 40.4 | % | 61.1 | % | |||||
| Subscription | 59.6 | 38.9 | |||||||
| Total | 100.0 | % | 100.0 | % |
52
Fiscal Years Ended June 30, 2023 and 2022
Connected Fitness Products revenue decreased $1,057.3 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2023 compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2022. This decrease was primarily attributable to fewer deliveries and promotional pricing, partially offset by new Connected Fitness products and sales channels launched during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2023.
Subscription revenue increased $275.4 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2023 compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2022. This increase was primarily attributable to the year-over-year growth in our Connected Fitness Subscriptions and the price increase of the All-Access Membership fee from $39 to $44, effective as of June 1, 2022. The growth of our Connected Fitness Subscriptions was primarily driven by the number of Connected Fitness Products delivered during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2023 under new Subscriptions and our low Average Net Monthly Connected Fitness Churn of 1.2% for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2023.
Cost of Revenue, Gross Profit, and Gross Margin
| Fiscal Year Ended June 30, | |||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2023 | 2022 | % Change | |||||||
| (dollars in millions) | |||||||||
| Cost of Revenue: | |||||||||
| Connected Fitness Products | $ | 1,328.8 | $ | 2,433.8 | (45.4)% | ||||
| Subscription | 547.9 | 450.0 | 21.8 | ||||||
| Total cost of revenue | $ | 1,876.7 | $ | 2,883.8 | (34.9)% | ||||
| Gross Profit: | |||||||||
| Connected Fitness Products | $ | (198.6) | $ | (246.3) | (19.4)% | ||||
| Subscription | 1,122.1 | 944.7 | 18.8 | ||||||
| Total Gross profit | $ | 923.5 | $ | 698.4 | 32.2% | ||||
| Gross Margin: | |||||||||
| Connected Fitness Products | (17.6) | % | (11.3) | % | |||||
| Subscription | 67.2 | % | 67.7 | % |
Fiscal Years Ended June 30, 2023 and 2022
Connected Fitness Products cost of revenue for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2023 decreased $1,105.0 million, or 45.4%, compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2022. This decrease was primarily driven by fewer deliveries for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2023 compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2022.
Our Connected Fitness Products Gross Margin decreased to (17.6)% from (11.3)% for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2023 compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2022, primarily driven by a reduction in selling price and fewer deliveries, partially offset by lower inventory reserves and reduced payroll expenses resulting from restructuring efforts.
Subscription cost of revenue for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2023 increased $98.0 million, or 21.8%, compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2022. This increase was primarily driven by an increase of $55.9 million in music royalties driven by an increase in subscribers, an increase of $20.2 million in stock-based compensation expenses, primarily driven by the acceleration of certain restricted stock unit vesting schedules, an increased number of awards vesting, and the repricing of certain stock option awards, and an increase of $10.1 million in depreciation and amortization expenses.
Subscription Gross Margin remained consistent for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2023 compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2022.
Operating Expenses
Sales and Marketing
| Fiscal Year Ended June 30, | |||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2023 | 2022 | % Change | |||||||
| (dollars in millions) | |||||||||
| Sales and marketing | $ | 648.2 | $ | 1,018.9 | (36.4)% | ||||
| As a percentage of total revenue | 23.1 | % | 28.4 | % |
Fiscal Years Ended June 30, 2023 and 2022
Sales and marketing expense decreased $370.7 million in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2023 compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2022. The decrease was primarily due to decreases in spending on advertising and marketing programs of $287.6 million and decreases in personnel-
53
related expenses of $49.0 million, primarily due to decreased average headcount as we rapidly restructured our operations throughout fiscal 2022.
General and Administrative
| Fiscal Year Ended June 30, | |||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2023 | 2022 | % Change | |||||||
| (dollars in millions) | |||||||||
| General and administrative | $ | 798.1 | $ | 963.4 | (17.2)% | ||||
| As a percentage of total revenue | 28.5 | % | 26.9 | % |
Fiscal Years Ended June 30, 2023 and 2022
General and administrative expense decreased $165.3 million in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2023 compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2022, primarily due to a decrease of $136.8 million in professional fees, driven by decreases in legal, accounting and consulting fees, partially offset by the Dish legal settlement of $75.0 million, a decrease in personnel-related expenses of $51.5 million, primarily due to decreased average headcount, and a decrease of $19.5 million in depreciation and amortization expense.
Research and Development
| Fiscal Year Ended June 30, | |||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2023 | 2022 | % Change | |||||||
| (dollars in millions) | |||||||||
| Research and development | $ | 318.4 | $ | 359.5 | (11.4)% | ||||
| As a percentage of total revenue | 11.4 | % | 10.0 | % |
Fiscal Years Ended June 30, 2023 and 2022
Research and development expense decreased $41.1 million, or 11.4% in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2023 compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2022. The decrease was primarily due to a decrease in personnel-related expenses of $25.5 million, which was primarily related to decreased average headcount, a decrease of $16.0 million in product development and research costs associated with development of new software features and products, a decrease of $9.5 million driven by decreased costs associated with software and web platform costs and a decrease in depreciation and amortization expense of $9.2 million. The decrease was partially offset by a $20.7 million increase in stock-based compensation expense, primarily driven by an acceleration of certain restricted stock unit vesting schedules, the repricing of certain stock option awards and an increased number of awards vesting.
Goodwill impairment
| Fiscal Year Ended June 30, | |||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2023 | 2022 | % Change | |||||||
| (dollars in millions) | |||||||||
| Goodwill impairment | $ | — | $ | 181.9 | NM* |
___________________________
*NM - not meaningful
Fiscal Years Ended June 30, 2023 and 2022
We review goodwill for impairment annually on April 1 and more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that an impairment may exist (“a triggering event”). No goodwill impairment was recorded for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2023. During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2022, management identified various qualitative factors that, collectively, indicated we had a triggering event, including (i) softening demand; (ii) increased costs of inventory and logistics; and (iii) sustained decrease in stock price. The Company performed a valuation of the Connected Fitness Products reporting unit using liquidation value and discounted cash flow methodologies. These forecasts and assumptions are highly subjective. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—If our estimates or judgments relating to our critical accounting policies prove to be incorrect, our operating results could be adversely affected”. Given the results of our quantitative assessment, we determined that the Connected Fitness Products reporting unit’s goodwill was impaired. During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2022, we recognized a goodwill impairment
54
charge of $181.9 million representing the entire amount of goodwill related to the Connected Fitness Products reporting unit in the Connected Fitness Products Segment.
Impairment expense
| Fiscal Year Ended June 30, | |||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2023 | 2022 | % Change | |||||||
| (dollars in millions) | |||||||||
| Impairment expense | $ | 144.5 | $ | 390.5 | (63.0)% |
Fiscal Years Ended June 30, 2023 and 2022
Impairment expense decreased $245.9 million, or 63.0% in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2023 compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2022. This decrease was primarily due to no write-offs of acquired developed technology, brand, distributor and customer relationships, and assembled workforce intangible assets during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2023 compared to $165.6 million during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2022, and a decrease in Connected Fitness asset group write-offs of $64.3 million.
Restructuring expense
| Fiscal Year Ended June 30, | |||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2023 | 2022 | % Change | |||||||
| (dollars in millions) | |||||||||
| Restructuring expense | $ | 189.4 | $ | 180.7 | 4.8% |
Fiscal Years Ended June 30, 2023 and 2022
Restructuring expense increased $8.7 million in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2023 compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2022, primarily related to an increase of $28.5 million of stock-based compensation expense, driven by incremental stock-based compensation expense from modifications of the post-termination period during which certain former employees may exercise outstanding stock options and the acceleration of certain restricted stock unit vesting schedules pursuant to severance arrangements, and an increase of $4.2 million in exit and disposal costs and professional fees. These increases were partially offset by a decrease of $24.0 million in cash severance and other personnel costs.
Supplier settlements
| Fiscal Year Ended June 30, | |||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2023 | 2022 | % Change | |||||||
| (dollars in millions) | |||||||||
| Supplier settlements | $ | 22.0 | $ | 337.6 | (93.5)% |
Fiscal Years Ended June 30, 2023 and 2022
Supplier settlements decreased $315.6 million in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2023 compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2022, due to settlement and related costs paid to third-party suppliers to terminate certain future inventory purchase commitments, the majority of which were accrued for during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2022.
Total Other Expense, Net and Income Tax Expense
| Fiscal Year Ended June 30, | |||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2023 | 2022 | % Change | |||||||
| (dollars in millions) | |||||||||
| Interest Expense | $ | (97.1) | $ | (43.0) | 125.8% | ||||
| Interest Income | 26.4 | 2.3 | 1,062.5% | ||||||
| Foreign exchange gains (losses) | 7.0 | (31.8) | NM* | ||||||
| Other income (expense), net | 2.9 | (1.5) | NM* | ||||||
| Income tax expense (benefit) | 3.7 | 19.6 | (81.3)% |
___________________________
*NM - not meaningful
55
Fiscal Years Ended June 30, 2023 and 2022
Total other expense, net, was comprised of the following for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2023:
•Interest expense primarily related to the Term Loan, the Notes, and deferred financing costs of $97.1 million;
•Interest income from cash, cash equivalents, and short-term investments of $26.4 million;
•Foreign exchange gains of $7.0 million; and
•Other income, net of $2.9 million.
Total other expense, net, was comprised of the following for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2022:
•Interest expense primarily related to the Notes, the Term Loan, and deferred financing costs of $43.0 million;
•Interest income from cash, cash equivalents, and short-term investments of $2.3 million;
•Foreign exchange losses of $31.8 million; and
•Other expense, net of $1.5 million.
Income tax expense for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2023 of $3.7 million was primarily due to state and international taxes.
Non-GAAP Financial Measures
In addition to our results determined in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, or GAAP, we believe the following non-GAAP financial measures are useful in evaluating our operating performance.
Adjusted EBITDA
We calculate Adjusted EBITDA as net (loss) income adjusted to exclude: other expense (income), net; income tax expense (benefit); depreciation and amortization expense; stock-based compensation expense; goodwill impairment; impairment expense; product recall related matters; certain litigation and settlement expenses; transaction and integration costs; reorganization, severance, exit, disposal and other costs associated with restructuring plans; supplier settlements; and other adjustment items that arise outside the ordinary course of our business.
We use Adjusted EBITDA as a measure of operating performance and the operating leverage in our business. We believe that this non-GAAP financial measure is useful to investors for period-to-period comparisons of our business and in understanding and evaluating our operating results for the following reasons:
•Adjusted EBITDA is widely used by investors and securities analysts to measure a company’s operating performance without regard to items such as stock-based compensation expense, depreciation and amortization expense, other expense (income), net, and provision for income taxes that can vary substantially from company to company depending upon their financing, capital structures, and the method by which assets were acquired;
•Our management uses Adjusted EBITDA in conjunction with financial measures prepared in accordance with GAAP for planning purposes, including the preparation of our annual operating budget, as a measure of our core operating results and the effectiveness of our business strategy, and in evaluating our financial performance; and
•Adjusted EBITDA provides consistency and comparability with our past financial performance, facilitates period-to-period comparisons of our core operating results, and may also facilitate comparisons with other peer companies, many of which use a similar non-GAAP financial measure to supplement their GAAP results.
Our use of Adjusted EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider this measure in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our financial results as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations are, or may in the future be, as follows:
•Although depreciation and amortization expense are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized may have to be replaced in the future, and Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect cash capital expenditure requirements for such replacements or for new capital expenditure requirements;
•Adjusted EBITDA excludes stock-based compensation expense, which has recently been, and will continue to be for the foreseeable future, a significant recurring expense for our business and an important part of our compensation strategy;
•Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect: (1) changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs; (2) interest expense, or the cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal payments on our debt, which reduces cash available to us; or (3) tax payments that may represent a reduction in cash available to us;
•Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect certain litigation expenses, consisting of legal settlements and related fees for specific proceedings that we have determined arise outside of the ordinary course of business based on the following considerations which we assess regularly: (1) the frequency of similar cases that have been brought to date, or are expected to be brought within two years; (2) the complexity of the case; (3) the nature of the remedy(ies) sought, including the size of any monetary damages sought; (4) offensive versus defensive posture of us; (5) the counterparty involved; and (6) our overall litigation strategy;
•Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect transaction and integration costs related to acquisitions;
•Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect impairment charges for goodwill and fixed assets, and gains (losses) on disposals for fixed assets;
•Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect the impact of purchase accounting adjustments to inventory related to the Precor acquisition;
56
•Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect costs associated with product recall related matters including adjustments to the return reserves, inventory write-downs, logistics costs associated with Member requests, the cost to move the recalled product for those that elect the option, subscription waiver costs of service, and recall-related hardware development and repair costs;
•Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect reorganization, severance, exit, disposal and other costs associated with restructuring plans;
•Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect non-recurring supplier settlements; and
•The expenses and other items that we exclude in our calculation of Adjusted EBITDA may differ from the expenses and other items, if any, that other companies may exclude from Adjusted EBITDA when they report their operating results and we may, in the future, exclude other significant, unusual expenses or other items from this financial measure. Because companies in our industry may calculate this measure differently than we do, its usefulness as a comparative measure can be limited.
Because of these limitations, Adjusted EBITDA should be considered along with other operating and financial performance measures presented in accordance with GAAP.
The following table presents a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to Net loss, the most directly comparable financial measure prepared in accordance with GAAP, for each of the periods indicated:
Adjusted EBITDA
| Fiscal Year Ended June 30, | ||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2023 | 2022 | 2021 | ||||||||
| (dollars in millions) | ||||||||||
| Net loss | $ | (1,261.7) | $ | (2,827.7) | $ | (189.0) | ||||
| Adjusted to exclude the following: | ||||||||||
| Total other expense, net | 60.9 | 74.1 | 10.4 | |||||||
| Income tax expense (benefit) | 3.7 | 19.6 | (9.2) | |||||||
| Depreciation and amortization expense | 124.3 | 142.8 | 63.8 | |||||||
| Stock-based compensation expense | 319.9 | 271.8 | 194.0 | |||||||
| Goodwill impairment | — | 181.9 | — | |||||||
| Impairment expense | 144.5 | 390.5 | 4.5 | |||||||
| Restructuring expense | 193.0 | 237.5 | — | |||||||
| Supplier settlements | 22.0 | 337.6 | — | |||||||
| Product recall related matters(1) | 80.9 | 62.3 | 100.0 | |||||||
| Litigation and settlement expenses(2) | 102.8 | 118.6 | 35.8 | |||||||
| Other adjustment items | 1.0 | 8.4 | 43.4 | |||||||
| Adjusted EBITDA | $ | (208.5) | $ | (982.7) | $ | 253.7 |
______________________
(1) Represents adjustments and charges associated with product recall related matters, as well as accrual adjustments. These include recorded costs in Connected Fitness Products cost of revenue associated with recall related matters of $61.6 million, zero, and zero, adjustments to Connected Fitness Products revenue for actual and estimated future returns of $14.6 million, $48.9 million and $81.1 million, recorded costs in Connected Fitness Products cost of revenue associated with inventory write-downs and logistics costs of $2.5 million, $8.1 million and $15.7 million, and operating expenses of $2.3 million, $5.4 million and $3.2 million associated with recall-related hardware development costs, in each case for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively.
(2) Includes Dish settlement accrual of $75.0 million and other litigation-related expenses and settlements for certain non-recurring patent infringement litigation, securities litigation, and consumer arbitration for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2023. Includes litigation-related expenses for certain non-recurring patent infringement litigation, consumer arbitration, and product recalls for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2023, 2022 and 2021.
Subscription Contribution and Subscription Contribution Margin
We define “Subscription Contribution” as Subscription revenue less cost of Subscription revenue, adjusted to exclude from cost of Subscription revenue, depreciation and amortization expense, and stock-based compensation expense. Subscription Contribution Margin is calculated by dividing Subscription Contribution by Subscription revenue.
We use Subscription Contribution and Subscription Contribution Margin to measure our ability to scale and leverage the costs of our Connected Fitness Subscriptions. We believe that these non-GAAP financial measures are useful to investors for period-to-period comparisons of our business and in understanding and evaluating our operating results because our management uses Subscription Contribution and Subscription Contribution Margin in conjunction with financial measures prepared in accordance with GAAP for planning purposes, including the preparation of our annual operating budget, as a measure of our core operating results and the effectiveness of our business strategy, and in evaluating our financial performance.
The use of Subscription Contribution and Subscription Contribution Margin as analytical tools has limitations, and you should not consider these in isolation or as substitutes for analysis of our financial results as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations are as follows:
57
•Although depreciation and amortization expense are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized may have to be replaced in the future, and Subscription Contribution and Subscription Contribution Margin do not reflect cash capital expenditure requirements for such replacements or for new capital expenditure requirements; and
•Subscription Contribution and Subscription Contribution Margin exclude stock-based compensation expense, which has recently been, and will continue to be for the foreseeable future, a significant recurring expense for our business and an important part of our compensation strategy.
Because of these limitations, Subscription Contribution and Subscription Contribution Margin should be considered along with other operating and financial performance measures presented in accordance with GAAP.
The following table presents a reconciliation of Subscription Contribution to Subscription Gross Profit, the most directly comparable financial measure prepared in accordance with GAAP, for each of the periods indicated:
| Fiscal Year Ended June 30, | ||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2023 | 2022 | 2021 | ||||||||
| (dollars in millions) | ||||||||||
| Subscription Revenue | $ | 1,670.1 | $ | 1,394.7 | $ | 872.2 | ||||
| Less: Cost of Subscription | 547.9 | 450.0 | 330.5 | |||||||
| Subscription Gross Profit | $ | 1,122.1 | $ | 944.7 | $ | 541.7 | ||||
| Subscription Gross Margin | 67.2 | % | 67.7 | % | 62.1 | % | ||||
| Add back: | ||||||||||
| Depreciation and amortization expense | $ | 36.9 | $ | 26.8 | $ | 19.0 | ||||
| Stock-based compensation expense | 42.8 | 22.7 | 25.9 | |||||||
| Subscription Contribution | $ | 1,201.8 | $ | 994.2 | $ | 586.5 | ||||
| Subscription Contribution Margin | 72.0 | % | 71.3 | % | 67.2 | % |
The continued growth of our Connected Fitness Subscription base will allow us to improve our Subscription Contribution Margin. While there are variable costs, including music royalties, associated with our Connected Fitness Subscriptions, a significant portion of our content creation costs are fixed given that we operate with a limited number of production studios and instructors. We expect the fixed nature of those expenses to scale over time as we grow our Connected Fitness Subscription base.
Free Cash Flow
We define Free Cash Flow as Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities less capital expenditures and capitalized internal-use software development costs. Free cash flow reflects an additional way of viewing our liquidity that, we believe, when viewed with our GAAP results, provides management, investors and other users of our financial information with a more complete understanding of factors and trends affecting our cash flows.
The use of Free Cash Flow as an analytical tool has limitations due to the fact that it does not represent the residual cash flow available for discretionary expenditures. For example, Free Cash Flow does not incorporate payments made for purchases of marketable securities, business combinations and asset acquisitions. Because of these limitations, Free Cash Flow should be considered along with other operating and financial performance measures presented in accordance with GAAP.
The following table presents a reconciliation of Free Cash Flow to Net cash used in operating activities, the most directly comparable financial measure prepared in accordance with GAAP, for each of the periods indicated:
| Fiscal Year Ended June 30, | ||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2023 | 2022 | 2021 | ||||||||
| (in millions) | ||||||||||
| Net cash used in operating activities | $ | (387.6) | $ | (2,020.0) | $ | (239.7) | ||||
| Capital expenditures and capitalized internal-use software development costs | (82.4) | (337.3) | (252.2) | |||||||
| Free Cash Flow | $ | (470.0) | $ | (2,357.4) | $ | (491.9) |
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Our operations have been funded primarily through net proceeds from the sales of our equity and convertible debt securities, and term loan, as well as cash flows from operating activities. As of June 30, 2023, we had Cash and cash equivalents of approximately $813.9 million.
58
We anticipate capital expenditures over the next 12 months which include investments in content and our studios, product development and systems implementation, partially offset by any proceeds from the expected eventual sale of Peloton Output Park.
We believe our existing cash and cash equivalent balances and cash flow from operations will be sufficient to meet our working capital and capital expenditure needs for at least the next 12 months and beyond. Our future capital requirements may vary materially from those currently planned and will depend on many factors, including our rate of revenue growth, timing to adjust our supply chain and cost structures in response to material fluctuations in product demand, timing and amount of spending related to acquisitions, the timing and amount of spending on research and development, the timing and financial impact of product recalls, sales and marketing activities, the timing of new product introductions, market acceptance of our Connected Fitness Products, timing and investments needed for international expansion, and overall economic conditions. To the extent that current and anticipated future sources of liquidity are insufficient to fund our future business activities and requirements, we may be required to seek additional equity or debt financing. The sale of additional equity would result in additional dilution to our stockholders. The incurrence of debt financing would result in debt service obligations and the instruments governing such debt could provide for operating and financing covenants that would restrict our operations. There can be no assurances that we will be able to raise additional capital. The inability to raise capital would adversely affect our ability to achieve our business objectives.
Restructuring Plan
In February 2022, we announced and began implementing a restructuring plan to realign our operational focus to support our multi-year growth, scale the business, and improve costs (the “Restructuring Plan”). The Restructuring Plan originally included: (i) reducing our headcount; (ii) closing several assembly and manufacturing plants, including the completion and subsequent sale of the shell facility for our previously planned Peloton Output Park; (iii) closing and consolidating several distribution facilities; and (iv) shifting to third-party logistics providers in certain locations. We expect the Restructuring Plan to be substantially implemented by the end of fiscal 2024.
In fiscal year 2023 we continued to take actions to implement the Restructuring Plan. On July 12, 2022, we announced we are exiting all owned-manufacturing operations and expanding our current relationship with Taiwanese manufacturer Rexon Industrial Corporation. Additionally, on August 12, 2022, we announced the decision to perform the following additional restructuring activities: (i) fully transitioning our North American Field Operations to third-party providers, including the significant reduction of our delivery workforce teams; (ii) eliminating a significant number of roles on the North America Member Support team and exiting our real-estate footprints in our Plano and Tempe locations; and (iii) reducing our retail showroom presence.
Total charges related to the Restructuring Plan were $332.4 million for fiscal year ended June 30, 2023 consisting of cash charges of $85.1 million for severance and other personnel costs and $19.3 million for exit and disposal costs and professional fees, and non-cash charges of $139.3 million related to non-inventory asset write-downs and write-offs, $85.0 million for stock-based compensation expense and $3.7 million for write-offs of inventory related to restructuring activities.
In connection with the Restructuring Plan, we estimate that we will incur additional cash charges of approximately $40.0 million, primarily composed of lease termination and other exit costs, by the end of fiscal year 2024. Additionally, the Company expects to recognize additional non-cash charges of approximately $20.0 million during fiscal year 2024, primarily composed of non-inventory asset impairment charges in connection with the Restructuring Plan.
We may not be able to realize the cost savings and benefits initially anticipated as a result of the Restructuring Plan, and the costs may be greater than expected. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—We may not successfully execute or achieve the expected benefits of our restructuring initiatives and other cost-saving measures we may take in the future, and our efforts may result in further actions and/or additional asset impairment charges and adversely affect our business.”
Convertible Notes
In February 2021, we issued $1.0 billion aggregate principal amount of 0% Convertible Senior Notes due 2026 (the “Notes”) in a private offering, including the exercise in full of the over-allotment option granted to the initial purchasers of $125.0 million. The Notes were issued pursuant to an Indenture (the “Indenture”) between us and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee. The Notes are our senior unsecured obligations and do not bear regular interest, and the principal amount of the Notes does not accrete. The net proceeds from the offering were approximately $977.2 million, after deducting the initial purchasers’ discounts and commissions and our offering expenses.
Capped Call Transactions
In connection with the offering of the Notes, we entered into privately negotiated capped call transactions with certain counterparties (the “Capped Call Transactions”). The Capped Call Transactions have an initial strike price of approximately $239.23 per share, subject to adjustments, which corresponds to the approximate initial conversion price of the Notes. The cap price of the Capped Call Transactions will initially be approximately $362.48 per share. The Capped Call Transactions cover, subject to anti-dilution adjustments substantially similar to those applicable to the Notes, 6.9 million shares of Class A common stock. The Capped Call Transactions are expected generally to reduce potential dilution to the Class A common stock upon any conversion of Notes and/or offset any potential cash payments we would be required to make in excess of the principal amount of converted Notes, as the case may be, with such reduction and/or offset subject to a cap based on the cap price. If, however, the market price per share of Class A common stock, as measured under the terms of the Capped Call Transactions, exceeds the cap price of the Capped Call Transactions, there would be dilution and/or there would not be an offset of such potential cash payments, in each case, to the extent that the then-market price per share of the Class A common stock exceeds the cap price of the Capped Call Transactions.
59
Class A Common Stock Offering
On November 16, 2021, we entered into an underwriting agreement (the “Underwriting Agreement”) with Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC as representatives of the several underwriters named therein (collectively, the “Representatives”) relating to the offer and sale by the Company (the “Offering”) of 27,173,912 shares (the “Shares”) of the Company’s Class A common stock, par value $0.000025 per share, which includes 3,260,869 shares of Class A common stock issued and sold pursuant to the exercise in full by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement. We sold the Shares to the underwriters at the public offering price of $46.00 per share less underwriting discounts. The net proceeds from the Offering were approximately $1.2 billion, after deducting the underwriters’ discounts and commissions and our offering expenses.
Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement
In 2019, the Company entered into an amended and restated revolving credit agreement (as amended, modified or supplemented prior to entrance into the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (as defined below), the “Amended and Restated Credit Agreement”). The Amended and Restated Credit Agreement provided for a $500.0 million secured revolving credit facility, including up to the lesser of $250.0 million and the aggregate unused amount of the facility for the issuance of letters of credit.
The Amended and Restated Credit Agreement also permitted the incurrence of indebtedness to permit the Capped Call Transactions and issuance of the Notes.
On May 25, 2022, the Company entered into an Amendment and Restatement Agreement to the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (as amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement”) with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, and certain banks and financial institutions party thereto as lenders and issuing banks. Pursuant to the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, the Company amended and restated the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement.
The Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement provides for a $750.0 million term loan facility (the “Term Loan”), which will be due and payable on May 25, 2027 or, if greater than $200.0 million of the Notes are outstanding on November 16, 2025 (the “Springing Maturity Condition”), November 16, 2025 (the “Springing Maturity Date”). The Term Loan amortizes in quarterly installments of 0.25%, payable at the end of each fiscal quarter and on the maturity date.
The Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement also provided for a $500.0 million revolving credit facility (the “Revolving Facility”), $35.0 million of which would mature on June 20, 2024 (the “Non-Consenting Commitments”), with the rest ($465.0 million) maturing on December 10, 2026 (the “Consenting Commitments”) or if the Springing Maturity Condition is met and the Term Loan is outstanding on such date, the Springing Maturity Date. On August 24, 2022, the Company amended the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (the “First Amendment”) such that the Company is only required to meet the total liquidity covenant, set at $250.0 million (the “Liquidity Covenant”), and the total revenues covenant, set at $3.0 billion for the four-quarter trailing period, to the extent any revolving loans are borrowed and outstanding. On May 2, 2023, the Company further amended the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (the “Second Amendment”) to, among other things, (i) reduce the aggregate revolving credit commitments from $500.0 million to $400.0 million, with the Non-Consenting Commitments reduced to $28.0 million and the Consenting Commitments reduced to $372.0 million, and (ii) remove the covenant requiring the Company to maintain a minimum total four-quarter revenue level of $3.0 billion at any time when revolving loans are outstanding. Following the Second Amendment, borrowings under the Revolving Facility are limited to the lesser of (a) $400.0 million and (b) an amount equal to our “Subscription” revenue for our most recently completed fiscal quarter. The Liquidity Covenant will be replaced with a covenant to maintain a minimum secured debt to adjusted EBITDA ratio upon our meeting a specified adjusted EBITDA threshold.
The Revolving Facility bears interest at a rate equal to, at our option, either at the Adjusted Term SOFR Rate (as defined in the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement) plus 2.25% per annum or the Alternate Base Rate (as defined in the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement) plus 1.25% per annum for the Consenting Commitments, and bears interest at a rate equal to, at our option, either at the Adjusted Term SOFR Rate plus 2.75% per annum or the Alternate Base Rate plus 1.75% per annum for the Non-Consenting Commitments. The Company is required to pay an annual commitment fee of 0.325% per annum and 0.375% per annum on a quarterly basis based on the unused portion of the Revolving Facility for the Consenting Commitments and the Non-Consenting Commitments, respectively.
The Term Loan bears interest at a rate equal to, at our option, either at the Alternate Base Rate (as defined in the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement) plus 5.50% per annum or the Adjusted Term SOFR Rate (as defined in the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement) plus 6.50% per annum. As stipulated in the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, the applicable rates applicable to the Term Loan increased one time by 0.50% per annum as the Company chose not to obtain a public rating for the Term Loan from S&P Global Ratings or Moody’s Investors Services, Inc. on or prior to November 25, 2022. Any borrowing at the Alternate Base Rate is subject to a 1.00% floor and a term loan borrowed at the Adjusted Term SOFR Rate is subject to a 0.50% floor and any revolving loan borrowed at the Adjusted Term SOFR Rate is subject to a 0.00% floor.
The Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement contains customary affirmative covenants as well as customary covenants that restrict our ability to, among other things, incur additional indebtedness, sell certain assets, guarantee obligations of third parties, declare dividends or make certain distributions, and undergo a merger or consolidation or certain other transactions. The Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement also contains certain customary events of default. Certain baskets and covenant levels have been decreased and will apply equally to both the Term Loan and Revolving Facility for so long as the Term Loan is outstanding. After the repayment in full of the Term Loan, such baskets and levels will revert to those previously disclosed in connection with the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement.
60
The obligations under the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement with respect to the Term Loan and the Revolving Facility are secured by substantially all of our assets, with certain exceptions set forth in the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, and are required to be guaranteed by certain material subsidiaries of the Company if, at the end of future financial quarters, certain conditions are not met.
As of June 30, 2023, the Company had not drawn on our Revolving Facility and as such did not have to test the financial covenants under the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement. As of June 30, 2023, the Company had drawn the full amount of the Term Loan, and therefore had $742.5 million total outstanding borrowings under the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement. As of June 30, 2023, the Company had outstanding letters of credit totaling $71.6 million, which is classified as Restricted cash on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. Upon entering into the Term Loan, the effective interest rate was 10.2%. On each of November 25, 2022 and May 25, 2023 the rate was updated to 13.7% and 14.3%, respectively.
Cash Flows
| Fiscal Year Ended June 30, | ||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2023 | 2022 | 2021 | ||||||||
| (in millions) | ||||||||||
| Net cash used in operating activities | $ | (387.6) | $ | (2,020.0) | $ | (239.7) | ||||
| Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities | (69.9) | 153.3 | (585.1) | |||||||
| Net cash provided by financing activities | 76.8 | 2,015.1 | 916.8 |
Operating Activities
Net cash used in operating activities of $387.6 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2023 was primarily due to a net loss of $1,261.7 million, partially offset by an increase in non-cash adjustments of $760.2 million and a net decrease in operating assets and liabilities of $113.8 million. The decrease in cash used in operating activities was primarily due to a $537.5 million decrease in inventory, partially offset by a $347.2 million decrease in accounts payable and accrued expenses as a result of lower accrued legal settlement costs, lower supplier settlements owed, and decreased inventory spending, and an $89.9 million decrease in net operating lease liabilities due to lease payments and lease terminations. Non-cash adjustments primarily consisted of stock-based compensation expense, depreciation and amortization, long-lived asset impairment expense, and non-cash operating lease expense.
Investing activities
Net cash used in investing activities of $69.9 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2023 was primarily related to $82.4 million used for capital expenditures, primarily related to software development and the build out of our studios, warehouses, and offices, partially offset by $12.4 million of proceeds from sales of net assets.
Financing activities
Net cash provided by financing activities of $76.8 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2023 was primarily related to exercises of stock options of $79.8 million and $6.9 million in net proceeds from withholdings under the 2019 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, partially offset by $7.5 million in principal repayments of the Term Loan.
Commitments
As of June 30, 2023, our contractual obligations were as follows:
| Payments due by period | ||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Contractual obligations: | Total | Less than | 1-3 years | 3-5 years | More than | |||||||||||||
| 1 year | 5 years | |||||||||||||||||
| (in millions) | ||||||||||||||||||
| Lease obligations (1) | $ | 883.1 | $ | 115.5 | $ | 199.0 | $ | 170.4 | $ | 398.2 | ||||||||
| Minimum guarantees (2) | 185.5 | 131.6 | 53.8 | — | — | |||||||||||||
| Unused credit facility fee payments (3) | 5.0 | 1.3 | 3.0 | 0.7 | — | |||||||||||||
| Other purchase obligations (4) | 136.0 | 54.6 | 69.1 | 12.3 | — | |||||||||||||
| Convertible senior notes (5) | 1,000.0 | — | 1,000.0 | — | — | |||||||||||||
| Term loan (5) | 742.5 | 7.5 | 15.0 | 720.0 | — | |||||||||||||
| Total | $ | 2,952.2 | $ | 310.5 | $ | 1,340.0 | $ | 903.4 | $ | 398.2 |
______________________
(1) Lease obligations relate to our office space, warehouses, retail locations, production studios, and equipment. The original lease terms are between one and 21 years, and the majority of the lease agreements are renewable at the end of the lease period. The Company has finance lease obligations of $0.7 million, also included above.
(2) We are subject to minimum royalty payments associated with our license agreements for the use of licensed content. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Business— We depend upon third-party licenses for the use of music in our content. An adverse change to, loss of, or claim that we do not hold necessary licenses may have an adverse effect on our business, operating results, and financial condition.”
61
(3) Pursuant to the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, we are required to pay a commitment fee of 0.325% and 0.375% on a quarterly basis based on the unused portion of the Revolving Facility for the revolving loans maturing on December 10, 2026 and June 20, 2024, respectively. As of June 30, 2023, we had outstanding letters of credit totaling $71.6 million.
(4) Other purchase obligations include all other non-cancelable contractual obligations. These contracts are primarily related to cloud computing costs.
(5) Refer to Note 12 - Debt in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further details regarding our Notes and Term Loan obligations.
The commitment amounts in the table above are associated with contracts that are enforceable and legally binding and that specify all significant terms, including fixed or minimum services to be used, fixed, minimum or variable price provisions, and the approximate timing of the actions under the contracts.
We utilize contract manufacturers to build our products and accessories. These contract manufacturers acquire components and build products based on demand forecast information we supply, which typically covers a rolling 12-month period. Consistent with industry practice, we acquire inventories from such manufacturers through blanket purchase orders against which orders are applied based on projected demand information and availability of goods. Such purchase commitments typically cover our forecasted product and manufacturing requirements for periods that range a number of months. In certain instances, these agreements allow us the option to cancel, reschedule, and/or adjust our requirements based on our business needs for a period of time before the order is due to be fulfilled. While our purchase orders are legally cancellable in many situations, some purchase orders are not cancellable in the event of a demand plan change or other circumstances, such as where the supplier has procured unique, Peloton-specific designs, and/or specific non-cancellable, non-returnable components based on our provided forecasts.
As of June 30, 2023, our commitments to contract with third-party manufacturers for their inventory on-hand and component purchase commitments related to the manufacture of our products were estimated to be approximately $174.6 million. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—Our operating results have been, and could in the future be, adversely affected if we are unable to accurately forecast consumer demand for our products and services and adequately manage our inventory.”
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
We did not have any undisclosed off-balance sheet arrangements as of June 30, 2023.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
See Note 2 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K under the heading “Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements” for a discussion about new accounting pronouncements adopted and not yet adopted as of the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Critical Accounting Estimates
Our discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with GAAP. In preparing the consolidated financial statements, we make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, stockholders’ equity, revenue, expenses, and related disclosures. We re-evaluate our estimates on an on-going basis. Our estimates are based on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Because of the uncertainty inherent in these matters, actual results may differ from these estimates and could differ based upon other assumptions or conditions. The critical accounting policies that reflect our more significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements include those noted below.
Revenue Recognition
The Company’s primary sources of revenue are our recurring content Subscription revenue, and revenue from the sales of our Connected Fitness Products and related accessories, as well as Precor branded fitness products, delivery and installation services.
We determine revenue recognition through the following steps in accordance with ASC 606:
•identification of the contract, or contracts, with a customer;
•identification of the performance obligations in the contract;
•determination of the transaction price;
•allocation of the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; and
•recognition of revenue when, or as, we satisfy a performance obligation.
Revenue is recognized when control of the promised goods or services is transferred to our customers, in an amount that reflects the consideration that we expect to be entitled to in exchange for those goods or services. Our revenue is reported net of sales returns, discounts, incentives, and rebates to commercial distributors as a reduction of the transaction price. Certain contracts include consideration payable that is accounted for as a payment for distinct goods or services. Our transaction price estimate includes our estimate for product returns and concessions based on the terms and conditions of home trial programs, historical return trends by product category, impact of seasonality, an evaluation of current economic and market conditions, and current business practices, and record the expected customer refund liability as a reduction to revenue, and the expected inventory right of recovery as a reduction of cost of revenue. If actual return costs differ from previous estimates, the amount of the liability and corresponding revenue are adjusted in the period in which such costs occur.
62
There is not significant judgement required in the determination of performance obligations, allocation of our transaction price, or the recognition of revenue. See further discussion in Note 3 - Revenue in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
As described in Note 13 - Commitments and Contingencies in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, the Company announced voluntary recalls of the Company's Tread+ and Tread products, permitting customers to return the products for a refund. The amount of a refund customers are eligible to receive may differ based on the status of an approved remediation of the issue driving the recall, and the age of the Connected Fitness product being returned. We estimate return reserves primarily based on historical and expected product returns, product warranty, and service call trends. We also consider current trends in consumer behavior in order to identify correlations to current trends in returns. However, with current uncertainty in the global economy, negative press and general sentiment surrounding Peloton’s post-pandemic business and financial performance, predicting expected product returns based on historical returns becomes less relevant, requiring reliance on highly subjective estimates based on our interpretation of how current conditions and factors will drive consumer behavior.
On October 18, 2022, the CPSC and the Company jointly announced that consumers have more time to get a full refund if they wish to return their Tread+. With the extension of the full refund period for one additional year, to November 6, 2023, the Company previously estimated that more Members would opt for a full refund, and accordingly increased the Company’s return reserve during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2023. As a result of these recalls, we have recorded return provisions as a reduction to Connected Fitness Products revenue of $14.6 million, $48.9 million, and $81.1 million for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively. As of June 30, 2023 and June 30, 2022, our returns reserve related to the impacts of the recalls was $24.4 million and $39.9 million, respectively.
Product Recall Related Matters
The Company accrues cost of product recalls and potential corrective actions based on management estimate of when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount can be reasonably estimated, which occurs when management commits to a corrective action plan or when required by regulatory requirements. Costs of product recalls and corrective actions are recognized in Connected Fitness Products cost of revenue, which may include the cost of the development of the product being replaced, logistics costs, and other related costs such as product scrap cost, inventory write-down and cancellation of any supplier commitments. The accrued cost is based on management’s estimate of the cost to repair each affected product and the estimated number of products to be repaired based on actions taken by the impacted customers. Estimating both cost to repair each affected product and the number of units to be repaired is highly subjective and requires significant management judgment. Based on information that is currently available, management believes that the accruals are adequate. It is possible that substantial additional charges may be required in future periods based on new information, changes in facts and circumstances, and actions the Company may commit to or be required to undertake. During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2023, the Company accrued an additional $64.1 million liability related to its product recall related matters. As of June 30, 2023 and June 30, 2022, accruals related to product recall related matters were $63.4 million and $1.8 million, respectively.
Inventory Valuation
We review our inventory to ensure that its carrying value does not exceed its net realizable value (“NRV”), with NRV based on the estimated selling price of inventory in the ordinary course of business, less estimated costs of completion, disposal and transportation. When our expectations indicate that the carrying value of inventory may exceed its NRV, we perform an exercise to calculate the approximate amount by which carrying value is greater than NRV and record additional cost of revenue for the difference. Once a write-off occurs, a new, lower cost basis is established. Should our estimates used in these calculations change in the future, such as estimated selling prices or disposal costs, additional write-downs may occur.
We also regularly monitor inventory quantities on hand and in transit and reserve for excess and obsolete inventories using estimates based on historical experience, historical and projected sales trends, specific categories of inventory, and age of on-hand inventory. Inventories presented in the Consolidated Balance Sheets are net of reserves for excess and obsolete inventory. If actual conditions or product demands are less favorable than our assumptions, additional inventory reserves may be required.
Product Warranty
We offer a standard product warranty that our Connected Fitness Products and Precor branded fitness products will operate under normal, non-commercial use for a period of one year covering the touchscreen and most original Bike, Bike+, Tread, Tread+, Row, and Guide components from the date of original delivery. We have the obligation, at our option, to either repair or replace the defective product. At the time revenue is recognized, an estimate of future warranty costs is recorded as a component of cost of revenue. Factors that affect the warranty obligation include historical as well as current product failure rates, service delivery costs incurred in correcting product failures, and warranty policies and business practices. Our products are manufactured by contract manufacturers, and in certain cases, we may have recourse to such contract manufacturers.
We also offer the option for customers in some markets to purchase a third-party extended warranty and service contract that extends or enhances the technical support, parts, and labor coverage offered as part of the base warranty included with the Connected Fitness Products for an additional period of 12 to 36 months.
Revenue and related fees paid to the third-party provider are recognized on a gross basis as we have a continuing obligation to perform over the service period. Extended warranty revenue is recognized ratably over the extended warranty coverage period and is included in Connected Fitness Products revenue in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss.
63
Goodwill and Intangible Assets
Goodwill represents the excess of the aggregate of the consideration transferred and the amount recognized for non-controlling interest, if any, over the fair value of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination. The Company has no intangible assets with indefinite useful lives.
Intangible assets other than goodwill are comprised of acquired developed technology and other finite-lived intangible assets. At initial recognition, intangible assets acquired in a business combination or asset acquisition are recognized at their fair value as of the date of acquisition. Following initial recognition, intangible assets are carried at acquisition date fair value less accumulated amortization and impairment losses, if any, and are amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of the asset.
We review goodwill for impairment annually on April 1 of each fiscal year or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that an impairment may exist. The process of evaluating the potential impairment of goodwill is highly subjective and requires significant judgment. In conducting our annual impairment test, we first review qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If factors indicate that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, we perform a quantitative assessment and the fair value of the reporting unit is estimated by analyzing the expected present value of future cash flows. If the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, an impairment loss equal to the excess is recorded.
We assess the impairment of intangible assets whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable.
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
We test our long-lived asset groups when changes in circumstances indicate their carrying value may not be recoverable. Events that trigger a test for recoverability include material adverse changes in projected revenues and expenses, present cash flow losses combined with a history of cash flow losses and a forecast that demonstrates significant continuing losses, significant negative industry or economic trends, a current expectation that a long-lived asset group will be disposed of significantly before the end of its useful life, a significant adverse change in the manner in which an asset group is used or in its physical condition, or when there is a change in the asset grouping. When a triggering event occurs, a test for recoverability is performed, comparing projected undiscounted future cash flows to the carrying value of the asset group. If the test for recoverability identifies a possible impairment, the asset group’s fair value is measured relying primarily on a discounted cash flow method. To the extent available, we will also consider third-party valuations of our long-lived assets that were prepared for other business purposes. An impairment charge is recognized for the amount by which the carrying value of the asset group exceeds its estimated fair value. When an impairment loss is recognized for assets to be held and used, the adjusted carrying amounts of those assets are depreciated over their remaining useful life.
For our Connected Fitness segment and Subscription segment, we evaluate long-lived tangible assets at the lowest level at which independent cash flows can be identified, which is dependent on the strategy and expected future use of our long-lived assets. We evaluate corporate assets or other long-lived assets that are not segment-specific at the consolidated level.
We measure the fair value of an asset group based on market prices (i.e., the amount for which the asset could be sold to a third party) when available. When market prices are not available, we generally estimate the fair value of the asset group using the income approach and/or the market approach. The income approach uses cash flow projections. Inherent in our development of cash flow projections are assumptions and estimates derived from a review of our operating results, business plan forecasts, expected growth rates, and cost of capital, similar to those a market participant would use to assess fair value. We also make certain assumptions about future economic conditions and other data. Many of the factors used in assessing fair value are outside the control of management, and these assumptions and estimates may change in future periods.
Changes in assumptions or estimates can materially affect the fair value measurement of an asset group and, therefore, can affect the test results. Since there is typically no active market for our long-lived tangible assets, we estimate fair values based on the expected future cash flows. We estimate future cash flows based on historical results, current trends, and operating and cash flow projections. Our estimates are subject to uncertainty and may be affected by a number of factors outside our control, including general economic conditions and the competitive environment. While we believe our estimates and judgments about future cash flows are reasonable, future impairment charges may be required if the expected cash flow estimates, as projected, do not occur or if events change requiring us to revise our estimates.
During fiscal 2022 and fiscal 2023, management identified various qualitative factors that collectively indicated that the Company had impairment triggering events, including (i) realignment of cost structure in connection with the Restructuring Plan, (ii) softening demand and (iii) a sustained decrease in stock price.
Business Combination
To determine whether transactions should be accounted for as acquisitions of assets or business combinations, we make certain judgments, which include assessment of the inputs, processes, and outputs associated with the acquired set of activities. If we determine that substantially all of the fair value of gross assets included in a transaction is concentrated in a single asset (or a group of similar assets), the assets will not represent a business. To be considered a business, the assets in a transaction need to include an input and a substantive process that together significantly contribute to the ability to create outputs.
We allocate the fair value of the purchase consideration to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values at the acquisition date. The fair values of intangible assets are determined utilizing information available near the acquisition date based on expectations and assumptions that are deemed reasonable by management. Given the considerable judgment involved in determining fair
64
values, we typically obtain assistance from third-party valuation specialists for significant items. Any excess of the purchase price (consideration transferred) over the estimated fair values of net assets acquired is recorded as goodwill. Transaction costs are expensed as incurred. Amounts recorded in a business combination may change during the measurement period, which is a period not to exceed one year from the date of acquisition, as additional information about conditions that existed at the acquisition date becomes available.
Loss Contingencies
We are involved in legal proceedings, claims, and regulatory, tax, and government inquiries and investigations that arise in the ordinary course of business. Certain of these matters include claims for substantial or indeterminate amounts of damages. We record a liability when we believe that it is both probable that a loss has been incurred and the amount can be reasonably estimated. If we determine that a loss is reasonably possible and the loss or range of loss can be reasonably estimated, we disclose the possible loss in the accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements. If we determine that a loss is reasonably possible but the loss or range of loss cannot be reasonably estimated, we state that such an estimate cannot be made.
We review the developments in our contingencies that could affect the amount of the provisions that have been previously recorded, and the matters and related reasonably possible losses disclosed. We make adjustments to our provisions and changes to our disclosures accordingly to reflect the impact of negotiations, settlements, rulings, advice of legal counsel, and updated information. Significant judgment is required to determine both the probability and the estimated amount of loss. These estimates have been based on our assessment of the facts and circumstances at each balance sheet date and are subject to change based on new information and future events.
The outcomes of legal proceedings, claims, and regulatory, tax, and government inquiries and investigations are inherently uncertain. Therefore, if one or more of these matters were resolved against us for amounts in excess of management’s expectations, our results of operations and financial condition, including in a particular reporting period in which any such outcome becomes probable and estimable, could be materially adversely affected.
65
FY 2022 10-K MD&A
SEC filing source: 0001639825-22-000117.
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. As discussed in the section titled "Special Note Regarding Forward Looking Statements," the following discussion and analysis contains forward looking statements that involve risks, uncertainties, assumptions, and other important factors that, if they never materialize or prove incorrect, could cause our results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by such forward looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to these differences include, but are not limited to, those identified below and those discussed in the section titled "Risk Factors" in Part I, Item 1A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
A discussion of our results of operations for our fiscal year ended June 30, 2021 compared to the year ended June 30, 2020 is included our Annual
Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021, filed with the SEC on August 27, 2021 (File No. 001-39058) under the heading “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”
Overview
Peloton is the largest interactive fitness platform in the world with a loyal community of 6.9 million Members as of June 30, 2022. We pioneered connected, technology-enabled fitness, and the streaming of immersive, instructor-led boutique classes to our Members anytime, anywhere. We make fitness entertaining, approachable, effective, and convenient, while fostering social connections that encourage our Members to be the best versions of themselves. We define a Member as any individual who has a Peloton account through a paid All-Access Membership, or a paid Peloton App subscription.
Our Connected Fitness Product portfolio includes the Peloton Bike, Bike+, Tread, Tread+, and our recently launched first connected strength product, Peloton Guide. Our revenue is generated primarily from the sale of our Connected Fitness Products and associated recurring Subscription revenue. We have historically experienced significant growth in sales of our Connected Fitness Products, which, when combined with our low Average Net Monthly Connected Fitness Churn has led to significant growth in Connected Fitness Subscriptions. From fiscal 2021 to fiscal 2022, Total revenue decreased 11%, and our Connected Fitness Subscription base grew 27%.
Our financial profile has been characterized by strong retention, recurring revenue, and efficient customer acquisition. Our low Average Net Monthly Connected Fitness Churn, together with our high Subscription Contribution Margin, yields an attractive LTV for our Connected Fitness Subscriptions well in excess of our CAC. Maintaining an attractive LTV/CAC ratio is a primary goal of our customer acquisition strategy.
Fourth Quarter Fiscal 2022 Update and Recent Developments
As we have previously disclosed, forecasting for our business during and following the COVID-19 pandemic, particularly in its more recent stages, has proven to be very challenging. While we have been able to grow more than we anticipated just two years ago, fluctuations in demand and supply that we have been navigating during this time period led us to grow our operations beyond what we believe is currently best suited to our business. Although our belief in the positive long-term outlook for Connected Fitness remains unchanged, the long-term cost demands of our business require us to recalibrate our near-term expectations. Additionally, while demand for our Connected Fitness Products has continued to strongly outpace pre-pandemic levels, we have had significant difficulty in forecasting near-term consumer demand and, as a result, our expected near-term operating performance. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—Our operating results have been, and could in the future be, adversely affected if we are unable to accurately forecast consumer demand for our products and services and adequately manage our inventory.”
Restructuring Plan
In February 2022, we announced and began implementing a restructuring plan to realign our operational focus to support our multi-year growth, scale the business, and improve costs (the “Restructuring Plan”). The Restructuring Plan includes: (i) reducing our headcount; (ii) closing several assembly and manufacturing plants, including the completion and subsequent sale of the shell facility for our previously planned Peloton Output Park; (iii) closing and consolidating several distribution facilities, and (iv) shifting to third-party logistics providers in certain locations. We expect the Restructuring Plan to be substantially implemented by the end of fiscal 2024.
Total charges related to the Restructuring Plan were $611.3 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2022, consisting of cash charges of $109.1 million for severance and other personnel and $15.4 million for professional fees and other related charges, and non-cash charges of $373.8 million related to non-inventory asset write-downs and write-offs, $56.5 million for stock-based compensation expense and $56.4 million for inventory markdowns.
In addition to the above charges, the Company has incurred approximately $86.6 million of capital expenditures related to Peloton Output Park since project inception.
On July 12, 2022, we announced we are exiting all owned-manufacturing operations and our expansion of our current relationship with Taiwanese manufacturer Rexon Industrial Corp. Additionally, on August 12, 2022, we announced our decision to perform the following additional restructuring activities: (i) eliminate our North American Field Ops warehouses, including the significant reduction of our delivery workforce teams; (ii) eliminate a significant number of roles on the North America Member Support team and exit our real-estate footprints in our Plano and Tempe locations; and (iii) reduce our North America retail showroom presence. In connection with the Restructuring Plan, we estimate that we will incur additional cash charges of approximately $95.0 million primarily composed of severance and other exit costs in fiscal year 2023 and beyond. Additionally, we expect to recognize approximately $75.0 million of asset impairment charges in fiscal year 2023 in connection with the Restructuring Plan.
47
We may not be able to fully realize the cost savings and benefits initially anticipated from the Restructuring Plan, and the expected costs may be greater than expected. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—We may not successfully execute or achieve the expected benefits of our restructuring initiatives and other cost-saving measures we may take in the future, and our efforts may result in further actions and/or additional asset impairment charges and adversely affect our business.”
Product and Content Highlights
In April 2022, we soft-launched Peloton Guide, our first connected strength offering. Guide is an AI-enabled device that uses machine learning and innovative camera technology to create an evolving strength training experience. To date, engagement trends among Guide subscribers have been strong, driving higher than average activity levels for both Guide-only subscribers as well as existing Bike and Tread owners who added Guide to their Peloton fitness program. We continue to invest in our new Guide Product with many member-focused software improvements, including responding to top member requests by adding Apple Watch support and the ability to stack consecutive classes for customized strength workouts.
Delivering on our commitment to accessibility, in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2022, we welcomed our first adaptable athlete instructor, Logan Aldridge, and officially launched our Adaptive Training Content vertical. Off-air, Logan acts in a training specialist role working with all instructors in forwarding Peloton's commitment to content accessibility and inclusivity.
Responding to Member requests, we added a Spanish user interface to enable Spanish-speaking members to navigate more easily. We celebrated the upcoming opening of Peloton Studios New York and Peloton Studios London with an all-new in-studio Member software experience featuring easier login and the ability to race and high-five other Members both in and out of class. Finally, we made many improvements to the Peloton App, including allowing Members to track every outdoor running, walking, and cycling workout with Peloton with our GPS-enabled Just Work Out feature.
Product Recall Update
On May 5, 2021, we announced separate, voluntary recalls of each of our Tread+ and Tread products in collaboration with the CPSC and halted sales of these products to work on product enhancements. Members were notified that they could return their Tread or Tread+ for a full refund, or wait until a solution is available. Tread+ owners were also given the option to have Peloton move their Tread+ to a different location within their home. More recently, in August 2022, we were notified by the CPSC that the agency staff believes we failed to meet our statutory obligations under the Consumer Product Safety Act and intends to seek civil monetary penalties. While we disagree with the agency staff, we are engaged in ongoing confidential discussions with the CPSC. For the recall-to-date period, the Company recognized a reduction to Connected Fitness Products revenue for actual and estimated future returns of $139.9 million, and a return reserve of $39.9 million and $40.8 million is included within Accounts payable and accrued expenses in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets related to the impacts of the recall as of June 30, 2022 and June 30, 2021, respectively. We may continue to incur additional costs which could include costs for which we have not accrued or established adequate reserves, including increases to the return reserves, inventory write-downs, logistics costs associated with Member requests to return or move their hardware, subscription waiver variable costs of service, anticipated recall-related hardware development and repair costs, and related legal and advisory fees. Recall charges are based upon estimates associated with our expected and historical consumer response rates. We announced a repair for the Tread in August 2021, shortly before resuming sales. We continue to work on potential hardware enhancements for Tread+, which remains recalled. Our plan for the Tread+ recall is still being finalized and actual costs related to this matter may vary from the estimate, and may result in further impacts to our future results of operations and business. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Connected Fitness Products and Members—We may be subject to warranty claims that could result in significant direct or indirect costs, or we could experience greater product returns than expected, either of which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and operating results.”
48
Key Operational and Business Metrics
In addition to the measures presented in our consolidated financial statements, we use the following key operational and business metrics to evaluate our business, measure our performance, develop financial forecasts, and make strategic decisions.
| Fiscal Year Ended June 30, | ||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2022 | 2021 | 2020 | ||||||||
| Ending Connected Fitness Subscriptions | 2,965,677 | 2,330,700 | 1,091,100 | |||||||
| Average Net Monthly Connected Fitness Churn | 0.96 | % | 0.61 | % | 0.62 | % | ||||
| Total Workouts (in millions) | 540.0 | 459.7 | 164.5 | |||||||
| Average Monthly Workouts per Connected Fitness Subscription | 16.4 | 22.0 | 17.9 | |||||||
| Subscription Gross Profit (in millions) | $ | 944.7 | $ | 541.7 | $ | 208.0 | ||||
| Subscription Contribution (in millions)(1) | $ | 994.2 | $ | 586.5 | $ | 232.1 | ||||
| Subscription Gross Margin | 67.7 | % | 62.1 | % | 57.2 | % | ||||
| Subscription Contribution Margin(1) | 71.3 | % | 67.2 | % | 63.8 | % | ||||
| Net loss (in millions) | $ | (2,827.7) | $ | (189.0) | $ | (71.6) | ||||
| Adjusted EBITDA (in millions)(2) | $ | (982.7) | $ | 253.7 | $ | 117.7 | ||||
| Adjusted EBITDA Margin(2) | (27.4) | % | 6.3 | % | 6.4 | % | ||||
| Net Cash (Used in) Provided by Operating Activities (in millions)(3) | $ | (2,020.0) | $ | (239.7) | $ | 376.4 | ||||
| Free Cash Flow (in millions)(3) | $ | (2,357.4) | $ | (491.9) | $ | 220.0 |
______________________________
(1) Please see the section titled “Non-GAAP Financial Measures—Subscription Contribution and Subscription Contribution Margin” for a reconciliation of Subscription Gross Profit to Subscription Contribution and an explanation of why we consider Subscription Contribution and Subscription Contribution Margin to be helpful metrics for investors.
(2) Please see the section titled “Non-GAAP Financial Measures—Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin” for a reconciliation of Net (loss) income to Adjusted EBITDA and an explanation of why we consider Adjusted EBITDA to be a helpful metric for investors.
(3) Please see the section titled “Non-GAAP Financial Measures—Free Cash Flow” for a reconciliation of net cash provided by (used in) operating activities to Free Cash Flow and an explanation of why we consider Free Cash Flow to be a helpful metric for investors.
Connected Fitness Subscriptions
Our ability to expand the number of Connected Fitness Subscriptions is an indicator of our market penetration and growth. We define a “Connected Fitness Subscription” as a person, household, or commercial property, such as a hotel or residential building, who has either paid for a subscription to a Connected Fitness Product (a Connected Fitness Subscription with a successful credit card billing or with prepaid subscription credits or waivers) or requested a “pause” to their subscription for up to three months. We do not include canceled or unpaid Connected Fitness Subscriptions in the Connected Fitness Subscription count.
Average Net Monthly Connected Fitness Churn
We use Average Net Monthly Connected Fitness Churn to measure the retention of our Connected Fitness Subscriptions. We define “Average Net Monthly Connected Fitness Churn” as Connected Fitness Subscription cancellations, net of reactivations, in the quarter, divided by the average number of beginning Connected Fitness Subscriptions in each month, divided by three months. This metric does not include data related to our Peloton Digital subscriptions for Members who pay a monthly fee for access to our content library on their own devices.
Total Workouts and Average Monthly Workouts per Connected Fitness Subscription
We review Total Workouts and Average Monthly Workouts per Connected Fitness Subscription to measure engagement, which is the leading indicator of retention for our Connected Fitness Subscriptions. We define “Total Workouts” as all workouts completed during a given period. We define a “Workout” as the completion of at least 50% of an instructor-led class or scenic ride or run, or ten or more minutes of “Just Ride” or “Just Run” mode by a Member associated with a Connected Fitness Subscription. We define “Average Monthly Workouts per Connected Fitness Subscription” as the Total Workouts completed in the quarter divided by the average number of Connected Fitness Subscriptions in each month, divided by three months.
Components of our Results of Operations
Revenue
Connected Fitness Products
Connected Fitness Product revenue consists of sales of our portfolio of Connected Fitness Products and related accessories, delivery and installation services, branded apparel, extended warranty agreements, and the sale, service, installation, and delivery contracts of our commercial business. Connected Fitness Product revenue is recognized at the time of delivery, except for extended warranty revenue which is recognized over the warranty period and service revenue which is recognized over the term, and is recorded net of returns and discounts and third-party financing program fees, when applicable.
49
Subscription
Subscription revenue consists of revenue generated from our monthly Connected Fitness Subscription and Peloton Digital subscription.
As of June 30, 2022, 98% and 86% of our Connected Fitness Subscription and Peloton Digital subscription bases were paying month-to-month, respectively.
If a Connected Fitness Subscription owns a combination of a Bike, Tread or Guide product in the same household, the price of the Subscription remains $44.00 monthly (price increased from $39 to $44 USD effective as of June 1, 2022). As of June 30, 2022, approximately 6% of our Connected Fitness Subscriptions owned both a Bike and Tread product.
Cost of revenue
Connected Fitness Products
Connected Fitness Product cost of revenue consists of our portfolio of Connected Fitness Products and branded apparel product costs, including manufacturing costs, duties and other applicable importing costs, shipping and handling costs, packaging, warranty replacement and service costs, fulfillment costs, warehousing costs, depreciation of property and equipment, and certain costs related to management, facilities, and personnel-related expenses associated with supply chain logistics.
Subscription
Subscription cost of revenue includes costs associated with content creation and costs to stream content to our Members. These costs consist of both fixed costs, including studio rent and occupancy, other studio overhead, instructor and production personnel-related expenses, depreciation of property and equipment as well as variable costs, including music royalty fees, content costs for past use, third-party platform streaming costs, and payment processing fees for our monthly subscription billings.
Operating expenses
Sales and marketing
Sales and marketing expense consists of performance marketing media spend, asset creation, and other brand creative, all showroom expenses and related lease payments, payment processing fees incurred in connection with the sale of our Connected Fitness Products, sales and marketing personnel-related expenses, expenses related to the Peloton App, and depreciation of property and equipment.
General and administrative
General and administrative expense includes personnel-related expenses and facilities-related costs primarily for our executive, finance, accounting, legal, human resources, IT functions and member support. General and administrative expense also includes fees for professional services principally comprised of legal, audit, tax and accounting services, depreciation of property and equipment, and insurance, as well as litigation settlement costs.
Research and development
Research and development expense primarily consists of personnel and facilities-related expenses, consulting and contractor expenses, tooling and prototype materials, software platform expenses, and depreciation of property and equipment. We capitalize certain qualified costs incurred in connection with the development of internal-use software which may also cause research and development expenses to vary from period to period.
Goodwill impairment
Goodwill impairment consists of non-cash impairment charges relating to goodwill. We review goodwill for impairment annually on April 1 and more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that an impairment may exist. If the carrying value of the reporting unit continues to exceed its fair value, the fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill is calculated and an impairment loss equal to the excess is recorded.
Impairment expense
Impairment expense consists of non-cash impairment charges relating to long-lived assets. Impairments are determined using management’s judgment about our anticipated ability to continue to use fixed assets in-service and under development, current economic and market conditions and their effects based on information available as of the date of these consolidated financial statements. Management disposes of fixed assets during the regular course of business due to damage, obsolescence, strategic shifts, and loss.
Additionally, long-lived assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset group may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset group to future undiscounted net cash flows expected to be generated by the assets. If the carrying amount of an asset group exceeds its estimated undiscounted net future cash flows, an impairment charge is recognized for the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset group exceeds its fair value.
Restructuring expense
Restructuring expense consists of severance and other personnel costs, including stock-based compensation expense, professional services, facility closures and other costs associated with exit and disposal activities.
50
Supplier settlements
Supplier settlements are payments made to third-party suppliers to terminate certain future inventory purchase commitments.
Non-operating income and expenses
Other (expense) income, net
Other (expense) income, net consists of interest (expense) income, unrealized and realized gains (losses) on investments, and impacts from foreign exchange transactions.
Income tax provision
The provision for income taxes consists primarily of income taxes related to state and international taxes for jurisdictions in which we conduct business. We maintain a valuation allowance on the majority of our deferred tax assets as we have concluded that it is more likely than not that the deferred assets will not be utilized.
Results of Operations
The following tables set forth our consolidated results of operations in dollars and as a percentage of total revenue for the periods presented. The period-to-period comparisons of our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future.
| Fiscal Year Ended June 30, | ||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2022 | 2021 | 2020 | ||||||||
| (in millions) | ||||||||||
| Consolidated Statement of Operations Data: | ||||||||||
| Revenue | ||||||||||
| Connected Fitness Products | $ | 2,187.5 | $ | 3,149.6 | $ | 1,462.2 | ||||
| Subscription | 1,394.7 | 872.2 | 363.7 | |||||||
| Total revenue | 3,582.1 | 4,021.8 | 1,825.9 | |||||||
| Cost of revenue(1)(2) | ||||||||||
| Connected Fitness Products | 2,433.8 | 2,236.9 | 832.5 | |||||||
| Subscription | 450.0 | 330.5 | 155.7 | |||||||
| Total cost of revenue | 2,883.8 | 2,567.4 | 988.2 | |||||||
| Gross profit | 698.4 | 1,454.4 | 837.7 | |||||||
| Operating expenses | ||||||||||
| Sales and marketing(1)(2) | 1,018.9 | 728.3 | 476.7 | |||||||
| General and administrative(1)(2) | 963.4 | 661.8 | 351.4 | |||||||
| Research and development(1)(2) | 359.5 | 247.6 | 89.1 | |||||||
| Goodwill impairment | 181.9 | — | — | |||||||
| Impairment expense | 390.5 | 4.5 | 1.2 | |||||||
| Restructuring expense(1) | 180.7 | — | — | |||||||
| Supplier settlements | 337.6 | — | — | |||||||
| Total operating expenses | 3,432.4 | 1,642.2 | 918.4 | |||||||
| Loss from operations | (2,734.0) | (187.8) | (80.7) | |||||||
| Other (expense) income, net: | ||||||||||
| Interest expense | (43.0) | (14.8) | (2.0) | |||||||
| Interest income | 2.3 | 7.9 | 18.2 | |||||||
| Foreign exchange losses | (31.8) | (3.5) | (4.0) | |||||||
| Other (expense) income, net | (1.5) | 0.1 | 0.1 | |||||||
| Total other (expense) income, net | (74.1) | (10.4) | 12.3 | |||||||
| Loss before provision for income taxes | (2,808.1) | (198.2) | (68.4) | |||||||
| Income tax expense (benefit) | 19.6 | (9.2) | 3.3 | |||||||
| Net loss | $ | (2,827.7) | $ | (189.0) | $ | (71.6) |
____________________
51
(1) Includes stock-based compensation expense as follows:
| Fiscal Year Ended June 30, | ||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2022 | 2021 | 2020 | ||||||||
| (in millions) | ||||||||||
| Cost of revenue | ||||||||||
| Connected Fitness Products | $ | 20.2 | $ | 12.6 | $ | 3.2 | ||||
| Subscription | 22.7 | 25.9 | 7.5 | |||||||
| Total cost of revenue | 42.9 | 38.5 | 10.7 | |||||||
| Sales and marketing | 30.5 | 26.2 | 15.3 | |||||||
| General and administrative | 152.4 | 102.1 | 52.4 | |||||||
| Research and development | 46.0 | 27.2 | 10.4 | |||||||
| Restructuring | 56.5 | — | — | |||||||
| Total stock-based compensation expense | $ | 328.4 | $ | 194.0 | $ | 88.8 |
____________________
(2) Includes depreciation and amortization expense as follows:
| Fiscal Year Ended June 30, | ||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2022 | 2021 | 2020 | ||||||||
| (in millions) | ||||||||||
| Cost of revenue | ||||||||||
| Connected Fitness Products | $ | 20.0 | $ | 7.7 | $ | 3.2 | ||||
| Subscription | 26.8 | 19.0 | 16.6 | |||||||
| Total cost of revenue | 46.8 | 26.7 | 19.9 | |||||||
| Sales and marketing | 29.6 | 14.3 | 9.3 | |||||||
| General and administrative | 45.7 | 13.0 | 10.6 | |||||||
| Research and development | 20.7 | 9.9 | 0.3 | |||||||
| Total depreciation and amortization expense | $ | 142.8 | $ | 63.8 | $ | 40.2 |
Comparison of the fiscal years ended June 30, 2022 and 2021
Revenue
| Fiscal Year Ended June 30, | |||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2022 | 2021 | % Change | |||||||
| (dollars in millions) | |||||||||
| Revenue: | |||||||||
| Connected Fitness Products | $ | 2,187.5 | $ | 3,149.6 | (30.5)% | ||||
| Subscription | 1,394.7 | 872.2 | 59.9 | ||||||
| Total revenue | $ | 3,582.1 | $ | 4,021.8 | (10.9)% | ||||
| Percentage of revenue | |||||||||
| Connected Fitness Products | 61.1 | % | 78.3 | % | |||||
| Subscription | 38.9 | 21.7 | |||||||
| Total | 100.0 | % | 100.0 | % |
Connected Fitness Products revenue decreased $962.2 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2022 compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021. This decrease was primarily attributable to fewer Bike and Tread+ deliveries, and charges associated with the voluntary product recalls, partially offset by increased Tread deliveries for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2022. The decrease in Bike deliveries was primarily due to a return to our historical seasonality following the strong increase in demand for home fitness during the COVID-19 pandemic during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021. The decrease was partially offset by revenues generated from Precor-branded commercial products of $186.6 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2022.
Subscription revenue increased $522.5 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2022 compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021. This increase was primarily attributable to the year-over-year growth in our Connected Fitness Subscriptions. The growth of our Connected Fitness Subscriptions was primarily driven by the number of Connected Fitness Products delivered during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2022 under new Subscriptions and our low Average Net Monthly Connected Fitness Churn of 0.96% for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2022.
52
Cost of Revenue, Gross Profit, and Gross Margin
| Fiscal Year Ended June 30, | |||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2022 | 2021 | % Change | |||||||
| (dollars in millions) | |||||||||
| Cost of Revenue: | |||||||||
| Connected Fitness Products | $ | 2,433.8 | $ | 2,236.9 | 8.8% | ||||
| Subscription | 450.0 | 330.5 | 36.1 | ||||||
| Total cost of revenue | $ | 2,883.8 | $ | 2,567.4 | 12.3% | ||||
| Gross Profit: | |||||||||
| Connected Fitness Products | $ | (246.3) | $ | 912.7 | (127.0)% | ||||
| Subscription | 944.7 | 541.7 | 74.4 | ||||||
| Total Gross profit | $ | 698.4 | $ | 1,454.4 | (52.0)% | ||||
| Gross Margin: | |||||||||
| Connected Fitness Products | (11.3) | % | 29.0 | % | |||||
| Subscription | 67.7 | % | 62.1 | % |
Fiscal Years Ended June 30, 2022 and 2021
Connected Fitness Products cost of revenue for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2022 increased $196.9 million, or 8.8%, compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021. This increase was primarily driven by increased inventory reserves in the amount of $222.1 million primarily related to excess inventory we do not expect to sell above cost and write-downs of raw materials that we estimate would have no future use as a result of our restructuring activities, costs of $169.0 million associated with Precor-branded commercial products, and increased Tread costs of $137.7 million, primarily driven by the launch of Tread in the first quarter of fiscal 2022. These increases were partially offset by fewer deliveries for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2022 compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021.
Our Connected Fitness Products Gross Margin decreased to (11.3)% from 29.0% for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2022 compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021, primarily driven by increased inventory reserves related to excess inventory we do not expect to sell above cost, higher logistics expenses per delivery, increased port and storage costs, fixed logistics cost deleveraging, the August 2021 Peloton Bike price reduction, and charges associated with the voluntary recall of our Tread+ product.
Subscription cost of revenue for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2022 increased $119.5 million, or 36.1%, compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021. This increase was primarily driven by an increase of $83.6 million in music royalties and platform streaming costs and an increase of $17.0 million in personnel-related expenses, excluding stock-based compensation expense, due to increased average headcount.
Subscription Gross Margin increased by 563 basis points for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2022 compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021, primarily driven by fixed cost leverage with more Connected Fitness Subscriptions as well as modest efficiencies associated with certain variable costs.
Operating Expenses
Sales and Marketing
| Fiscal Year Ended June 30, | |||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2022 | 2021 | % Change | |||||||
| (dollars in millions) | |||||||||
| Sales and marketing | $ | 1,018.9 | $ | 728.3 | 39.9% | ||||
| As a percentage of total revenue | 28.4 | % | 18.1 | % |
Sales and marketing expense increased $290.6 million in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2022 compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021. The increase was primarily due to an increase in spending on advertising and marketing programs of $223.9 million and personnel-related
53
expenses which increased $45.1 million, primarily due to increased average headcount as we expanded our operations rapidly throughout fiscal 2021 during the COVID-19 pandemic.
General and Administrative
| Fiscal Year Ended June 30, | |||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2022 | 2021 | % Change | |||||||
| (dollars in millions) | |||||||||
| General and administrative | $ | 963.4 | $ | 661.8 | 45.6% | ||||
| As a percentage of total revenue | 26.9 | % | 16.5 | % |
General and administrative expense increased $301.6 million when comparing the fiscal year ended June 30, 2022 with the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021. This increase was primarily due to an increase in personnel-related expenses of $128.2 million, including stock-based compensation expense, due to increased average headcount and employee stock grants. This increase was also due to an increase in professional services fees and IT costs associated with ongoing systems implementations of $113.3 million, which related primarily to the upgrading of our back-office systems and infrastructure as well as integration costs related to our acquisitions, and an increase of $32.7 million in depreciation and amortization expense primarily due to our New York City headquarters that was placed in service in fiscal 2022.
Research and Development
| Fiscal Year Ended June 30, | |||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2022 | 2021 | % Change | |||||||
| (dollars in millions) | |||||||||
| Research and development | $ | 359.5 | $ | 247.6 | 45.2% | ||||
| As a percentage of total revenue | 10.0 | % | 6.2 | % |
Research and development expense increased $111.8 million, or 45.2% when comparing the fiscal year ended June 30, 2022 with the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021. The increase was primarily due to an increase in personnel-related expenses which, including stock-based compensation expense, increased $79.9 million. This increase was due to increased average headcount and employee stock grants. The increase was also driven by $19.0 million in product development and research costs associated with development of new software features and products.
Goodwill impairment
| Fiscal Year Ended June 30, | |||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2022 | 2021 | % Change | |||||||
| (dollars in millions) | |||||||||
| Goodwill impairment | $ | 181.9 | $ | — | NM |
During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2022, we recognized a Goodwill impairment charge of $181.9 million representing the entire amount of goodwill related to the Connected Fitness Products reporting unit in the Connected Fitness Products Segment.
Impairment expense
| Fiscal Year Ended June 30, | |||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2022 | 2021 | % Change | |||||||
| (dollars in millions) | |||||||||
| Impairment expense | $ | 390.5 | $ | 4.5 | NM |
Impairment expense was comprised primarily of $373.8 million of asset write-downs and write-offs related to our previously announced restructuring initiatives, including $165.6 million in write-offs of certain acquired developed technology, brand, distributor and customer relationships, and assembled workforce, $86.1 million related to Connected Fitness assets, primarily related to manufacturing and supply chain assets at several of our to-be-closed locations, $70.0 million related to software under development, and $40.3 million related to Peloton Output
54
Park and related manufacturing assets. Additionally, we recognized impairment expense of $7.7 million driven by the disposal of lease build out costs for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2022.
Restructuring expense
| Fiscal Year Ended June 30, | |||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2022 | 2021 | % Change | |||||||
| (dollars in millions) | |||||||||
| Restructuring expense | $ | 180.7 | $ | — | NM |
Restructuring expense was $180.7 million in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2022. The restructuring expenses consisted of $109.1 million of severance and other personnel costs, $56.5 million of stock-based compensation expense driven by the acceleration of certain vesting schedules and incremental stock-based compensation expense pursuant to severance arrangements, and $15.1 million of professional fees and other costs associated with exit and disposal activities. There were no restructuring expenses for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021.
Supplier settlements
| Fiscal Year Ended June 30, | |||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2022 | 2021 | % Change | |||||||
| (dollars in millions) | |||||||||
| Supplier settlements | $ | 337.6 | $ | — | NM |
Supplier settlements were $337.6 million in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2022, which consist of settlement and related costs paid to third-party suppliers to terminate certain future inventory purchase commitments.
Other Expense, Net and Income Tax Expense
| Fiscal Year Ended June 30, | |||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2022 | 2021 | % Change | |||||||
| (dollars in millions) | |||||||||
| Other expense, net | $ | (74.1) | $ | (10.4) | NM | ||||
| Income tax expense (benefit) | $ | 19.6 | $ | (9.2) | NM |
___________________________
*NM - not meaningful
Other expense, net, was comprised of the following for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2022:
•Interest expense primarily related to the amortization of the convertible notes discount and deferred financing costs of $(43.0) million;
•Interest income from cash, cash equivalents, and short-term investments of $2.3 million;
•Foreign exchange losses of $(31.8) million; and
•Unrealized losses on short-term investments partially offset by gain on lease termination of $(1.5) million.
Other expense, net, was comprised of the following for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021:
•Interest expense primarily related to the amortization of the convertible notes discount and deferred financing costs of $(14.8) million;
•Interest income from cash, cash equivalents, and short-term investments of $7.9 million; and
•Foreign exchange losses of $(3.5) million.
Income tax expense for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2022 of $19.6 million was primarily due to state and international taxes.
Non-GAAP Financial Measures
In addition to our results determined in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, or GAAP, we believe the following non-GAAP financial measures are useful in evaluating our operating performance.
Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin
We calculate Adjusted EBITDA as net (loss) income adjusted to exclude: other expense (income), net; income tax expense (benefit); depreciation and amortization expense; stock-based compensation expense; impairment expense; product recall costs; litigation and settlement expenses; transaction and integration costs; reorganization, severance, exit, disposal and other costs associated with restructuring plans; supplier
55
settlements; and other adjustment items that arise outside the ordinary course of our business. Adjusted EBITDA Margin is calculated by dividing Adjusted EBITDA by total revenue.
We use Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin as measures of operating performance and the operating leverage in our business. We believe that these non-GAAP financial measures are useful to investors for period-to-period comparisons of our business and in understanding and evaluating our operating results for the following reasons:
•Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin are widely used by investors and securities analysts to measure a company’s operating performance without regard to items such as stock-based compensation expense, depreciation and amortization expense, other expense (income), net, and provision for income taxes that can vary substantially from company to company depending upon their financing, capital structures, and the method by which assets were acquired;
•Our management uses Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin in conjunction with financial measures prepared in accordance with GAAP for planning purposes, including the preparation of our annual operating budget, as a measure of our core operating results and the effectiveness of our business strategy, and in evaluating our financial performance; and
•Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin provide consistency and comparability with our past financial performance, facilitate period-to-period comparisons of our core operating results, and may also facilitate comparisons with other peer companies, many of which use similar non-GAAP financial measures to supplement their GAAP results.
Our use of Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin have limitations as analytical tools, and you should not consider these measures in isolation or as substitutes for analysis of our financial results as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations are, or may in the future be, as follows:
•Although depreciation and amortization expense are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized may have to be replaced in the future, and Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin do not reflect cash capital expenditure requirements for such replacements or for new capital expenditure requirements;
•Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin exclude stock-based compensation expense, which has recently been, and will continue to be for the foreseeable future, a significant recurring expense for our business and an important part of our compensation strategy;
•Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin do not reflect: (1) changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs; (2) interest expense, or the cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal payments on our debt, which reduces cash available to us; or (3) tax payments that may represent a reduction in cash available to us;
•Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin do not reflect certain litigation expenses, consisting of legal settlements and related fees for specific proceedings that we have determined arise outside of the ordinary course of business based on the following considerations which we assess regularly: (1) the frequency of similar cases that have been brought to date, or are expected to be brought within two years; (2) the complexity of the case; (3) the nature of the remedy(ies) sought, including the size of any monetary damages sought; (4) offensive versus defensive posture of us; (5) the counterparty involved; and (6) our overall litigation strategy;
•Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin do not reflect transaction and integration costs related to acquisitions;
•Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin do not reflect incremental costs associated with the COVID-19 pandemic, which consist of hazard pay for field operations employees;
•Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin do not reflect impairment charges for goodwill and fixed assets, and gains (losses) on disposals for fixed assets;
•Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin do not reflect the impact of purchase accounting adjustments to inventory related to the Precor acquisition;
•Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin do not reflect costs associated with Tread and Tread+ product recalls including increases to the return reserves, Tread+ inventory write-downs, logistics costs associated with Member requests on Tread and Tread+, the cost to move the Tread+ for those that elect the option, subscription waiver costs of service, and recall-related hardware development and repair costs;
•Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin do not reflect reorganization, severance, exit, disposal and other costs associated with restructuring plans;
•Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin do not reflect non-recurring supplier settlements; and
•The expenses and other items that we exclude in our calculation of Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin may differ from the expenses and other items, if any, that other companies may exclude from Adjusted EBITDA when they report their operating results and we may, in the future, exclude other significant, unusual expenses or other items from these financial measures. Because companies in our industry may calculate such measures differently than we do, their usefulness as comparative measures can be limited.
Because of these limitations, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin should be considered along with other operating and financial performance measures presented in accordance with GAAP.
56
The following table presents a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to Net (loss) income, the most directly comparable financial measure prepared in accordance with GAAP, for each of the periods indicated:
Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin
| Fiscal Year Ended June 30, | ||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2022 | 2021 | |||||
| (dollars in millions) | ||||||
| Net loss | $ | (2,827.7) | $ | (189.0) | ||
| Adjusted to exclude the following: | ||||||
| Other expense (income), net | 74.1 | 10.4 | ||||
| Income tax expense (benefit) | 19.6 | (9.2) | ||||
| Depreciation and amortization expense | 142.8 | 63.8 | ||||
| Stock-based compensation expense | 271.8 | 194.0 | ||||
| Goodwill impairment | 181.9 | — | ||||
| Impairment expense | 390.5 | 4.5 | ||||
| Restructuring expense | 237.5 | — | ||||
| Supplier settlements | 337.6 | — | ||||
| Product recalls(1) | 62.3 | 100.0 | ||||
| Litigation and settlement expenses(2) | 118.6 | 35.8 | ||||
| Transaction and integration costs(3) | 5.5 | 28.9 | ||||
| Other adjustment items (4) | 2.9 | 14.5 | ||||
| Adjusted EBITDA | $ | (982.7) | $ | 253.7 | ||
| Adjusted EBITDA margin | (27.4) | % | 6.3 | % |
______________________
(1) Represents adjustments and charges associated with the Tread and Tread+ product recall, as well as accrual adjustments. These include a reduction to Connected Fitness Products revenue for actual and estimated future returns of $48.9 million and $81.1 million, recorded costs in Connected Fitness Products cost of revenue associated with inventory write-downs and logistic costs of $8.1 million and $15.7 million, and operating expenses of $5.4 million and $3.2 million associated with recall-related hardware development costs, in each case for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2022 and 2021, respectively.
(2) Includes litigation-related expenses for certain non-recurring patent infringement litigation, consumer arbitration, and product recalls for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2022 and 2021.
(3) Includes transaction and integration costs primarily associated with the acquisition and integration of Precor Fitness for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2022 and 2021.
(4) Includes short-term non-cash purchase accounting adjustment amortization of $1.9 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2022. Includes incremental costs associated with the COVID-19 pandemic of $5.9 million and short-term purchase accounting adjustments of $4.6 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021.
Subscription Contribution and Subscription Contribution Margin
We define “Subscription Contribution” as Subscription revenue less cost of Subscription revenue, adjusted to exclude from cost of Subscription revenue, depreciation and amortization expense, and stock-based compensation expense. Subscription Contribution Margin is calculated by dividing Subscription Contribution by Subscription revenue.
We use Subscription Contribution and Subscription Contribution Margin to measure our ability to scale and leverage the costs of our Connected Fitness Subscriptions. We believe that these non-GAAP financial measures are useful to investors for period-to-period comparisons of our business and in understanding and evaluating our operating results because our management uses Subscription Contribution and Subscription Contribution Margin in conjunction with financial measures prepared in accordance with GAAP for planning purposes, including the preparation of our annual operating budget, as a measure of our core operating results and the effectiveness of our business strategy, and in evaluating our financial performance.
The use of Subscription Contribution and Subscription Contribution Margin as analytical tools has limitations, and you should not consider these in isolation or as substitutes for analysis of our financial results as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations are as follows:
•Although depreciation and amortization expense are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized may have to be replaced in the future, and Subscription Contribution and Subscription Contribution Margin do not reflect cash capital expenditure requirements for such replacements or for new capital expenditure requirements; and
•Subscription Contribution and Subscription Contribution Margin exclude stock-based compensation expense, which has recently been, and will continue to be for the foreseeable future, a significant recurring expense for our business and an important part of our compensation strategy.
Because of these limitations, Subscription Contribution and Subscription Contribution Margin should be considered along with other operating and financial performance measures presented in accordance with GAAP.
57
The following table presents a reconciliation of Subscription Contribution to Subscription Gross Profit, the most directly comparable financial measure prepared in accordance with GAAP, for each of the periods indicated:
| Fiscal Year Ended June 30, | ||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2022 | 2021 | |||||
| (dollars in millions) | ||||||
| Subscription Revenue | $ | 1,394.7 | $ | 872.2 | ||
| Less: Cost of Subscription | 450.0 | 330.5 | ||||
| Subscription Gross Profit | $ | 944.7 | $ | 541.7 | ||
| Subscription Gross Margin | 67.7 | % | 62.1 | % | ||
| Add back: | ||||||
| Depreciation and amortization expense | $ | 26.8 | $ | 19.0 | ||
| Stock-based compensation expense | 22.7 | 25.9 | ||||
| Subscription Contribution | $ | 994.2 | $ | 586.5 | ||
| Subscription Contribution Margin | 71.3 | % | 67.2 | % |
The continued growth of our Connected Fitness Subscription base will allow us to improve our Subscription Contribution Margin. While there are variable costs, including music royalties, associated with our Connected Fitness Subscriptions, a significant portion of our content creation costs are fixed given that we operate with a limited number of production studios and instructors. We expect the fixed nature of those expenses to scale over time as we grow our Connected Fitness Subscription base.
Free Cash Flow
We define Free Cash Flow as Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities less capital expenditures and capitalized internal-use software development costs. Free cash flow reflects an additional way of viewing our liquidity that, we believe, when viewed with our GAAP results, provides management, investors and other users of our financial information with a more complete understanding of factors and trends affecting our cash flows.
The use of Free Cash Flow as an analytical tool has limitations due to the fact that it does not represent the residual cash flow available for discretionary expenditures. For example, Free Cash Flow does not incorporate payments made for purchases of marketable securities, business combinations and asset acquisitions. Because of these limitations, Free Cash Flow should be considered along with other operating and financial performance measures presented in accordance with GAAP.
The following table presents a reconciliation of Free Cash Flow to Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities, the most directly comparable financial measure prepared in accordance with GAAP, for each of the periods indicated:
| Fiscal Year Ended June 30, | ||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2022 | 2021 | 2020 | ||||||||
| (in millions) | ||||||||||
| Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities | $ | (2,020.0) | $ | (239.7) | $ | 376.4 | ||||
| Capital expenditures, including software | (337.3) | (252.2) | (156.4) | |||||||
| Free Cash Flow | $ | (2,357.4) | $ | (491.9) | $ | 220.0 |
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Our operations have been funded primarily through net proceeds from the sales of our equity and convertible debt securities, and term loan, as well as cash flows from operating activities. As of June 30, 2022, we had Cash and cash equivalents of approximately $1,253.9 million.
We anticipate approximately $90 million to $100 million of capital expenditures over the next 12 months, which includes amounts related to capitalized labor, investments in content and our studios, product development, systems implementation, and the impact of expenditures before any proceeds from the expected eventual sale of Peloton Output Park.
We believe our existing cash and cash equivalent balances and cash flow from operations will be sufficient to meet our working capital and capital expenditure needs for at least the next 12 months. Our future capital requirements may vary materially from those currently planned and will depend on many factors, including our rate of revenue growth, timing to adjust our supply chain and cost structures in response to material fluctuations in product demand, timing and amount of spending related to acquisitions, the timing and amount of spending on research and development and manufacturing initiatives, the timing and financial impact of product recalls, sales and marketing activities, the timing of new
58
product introductions, market acceptance of our Connected Fitness Products, timing and investments needed for international expansion, and overall economic conditions. To the extent that current and anticipated future sources of liquidity are insufficient to fund our future business activities and requirements, we may be required to seek additional equity or debt financing. The sale of additional equity would result in additional dilution to our stockholders. The incurrence of debt financing would result in debt service obligations and the instruments governing such debt could provide for operating and financing covenants that would restrict our operations. There can be no assurances that we will be able to raise additional capital. The inability to raise capital would adversely affect our ability to achieve our business objectives.
Restructuring Plan
In February 2022, we announced and began implementing a restructuring plan to realign our operational focus to support our multi-year growth, scale the business, and improve costs (the “Restructuring Plan”). The Restructuring Plan includes: (i) reducing our headcount; (ii) closing several assembly and manufacturing plants, including the completion and subsequent sale of the shell facility for our previously planned Peloton Output Park; (iii) closing and consolidating several distribution facilities, and (iv) shifting to third-party logistics providers in certain locations. We expect the Restructuring Plan to be substantially implemented by the end of fiscal 2024.
Total charges related to the Restructuring Plan were $611.3 million for fiscal year ended June 30, 2022 consisting of cash charges of $124.5 million for severance and other personnel costs and $15.4 million for professional fees and other related charges, and non-cash charges of $373.8 million related to non-inventory asset write-downs and write-offs, $56.5 million for stock-based compensation expense and $56.4 million for inventory markdowns.
In addition to the above charges, we incurred approximately $86.6 million for capital expenditures related to Peloton Output Park since project inception.
On July 12, 2022 we announced we are exiting all owned-manufacturing operations and our expansion of our current relationship with Taiwanese manufacturer Rexon Industrial Corp. Additionally, on August 12, 2022 we announced the decision to perform the following additional restructuring activities: (i) eliminate our North American Field Ops warehouses, including the significant reduction of our delivery workforce teams; (ii) eliminate a significant number of roles on the North America Member Support team and exit our real-estate footprints in our Plano and Tempe locations; and (iii) reduce our North America retail showroom presence. In connection with the Restructuring Plan, we estimate that we will incur additional cash charges of approximately $95.0 million primarily composed of severance and other exit costs in fiscal year 2023 and beyond. Additionally, we expect to recognize approximately $75.0 million of asset impairment charges in fiscal year 2023 in connection with the Restructuring Plan.
We may not be able to realize the cost savings and benefits initially anticipated as a result of the Restructuring Plan, and the costs may be greater than expected. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—We may not successfully execute or achieve the expected benefits of our restructuring initiatives and other cost-saving measures we may take in the future, and our efforts may result in further actions and/or additional asset impairment charges and adversely affect our business.”
Convertible Notes
In February 2021, we issued $1.0 billion aggregate principal amount of 0% Convertible Senior Notes due 2026 (the “Notes”) in a private offering, including the exercise in full of the over-allotment option granted to the initial purchasers of $125.0 million. The Notes were issued pursuant to an Indenture (the “Indenture”) between us and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee. The Notes are our senior unsecured obligations and do not bear regular interest, and the principal amount of the Notes does not accrete. The net proceeds from the offering were approximately $977.2 million, after deducting the initial purchasers’ discounts and commissions and our offering expenses.
Capped Call Transactions
In connection with the offering of the Notes, we entered into privately negotiated capped call transactions with certain counterparties (the “Capped Call Transactions”). The Capped Call Transactions have an initial strike price of approximately $239.23 per share, subject to adjustments, which corresponds to the approximate initial conversion price of the Notes. The cap price of the Capped Call Transactions will initially be approximately $362.48 per share. The Capped Call Transactions cover, subject to anti-dilution adjustments substantially similar to those applicable to the Notes, 6.9 million shares of Class A Common Stock. The Capped Call Transactions are expected generally to reduce potential dilution to the Class A Common Stock upon any conversion of Notes and/or offset any potential cash payments we would be required to make in excess of the principal amount of converted Notes, as the case may be, with such reduction and/or offset subject to a cap based on the cap price. If, however, the market price per share of Class A Common Stock, as measured under the terms of the Capped Call Transactions, exceeds the cap price of the Capped Call Transactions, there would be dilution and/or there would not be an offset of such potential cash payments, in each case, to the extent that the then-market price per share of the Class A Common Stock exceeds the cap price of the Capped Call Transactions.
Class A Common Stock Offering
On November 16, 2021, we entered into an underwriting agreement (the “Underwriting Agreement”) with Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC as representatives of the several underwriters named therein (collectively, the “Representatives”) relating to the offer and sale by the Company (the “Offering”) of 27,173,912 shares (the “Shares”) of the Company’s Class A common stock, par value $0.000025 per share, which includes 3,260,869 shares of Class A common stock issued and sold pursuant to the exercise in full by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement. We sold the Shares to the underwriters at the public offering price of $46.00 per share less underwriting discounts. The net proceeds from the Offering were approximately $1.2 billion, after deducting the underwriters’ discounts and commissions and our offering expenses.
59
Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement
In 2019, the Company entered into an amended and restated revolving credit agreement (as amended, modified or supplemented prior to entrance into the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (as defined below), the “Amended and Restated Credit Agreement”). The Amended and Restated Credit Agreement provided for a $500.0 million secured revolving credit facility, including up to the lesser of $250.0 million and the aggregate unused amount of the facility for the issuance of letters of credit.
The Amended and Restated Credit Agreement also permitted the incurrence of indebtedness to permit the Capped Call Transactions and issuance of the Notes.
On May 25, 2022, the Company entered into an Amendment and Restatement Agreement to which the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement is attached (as amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement”) with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, and certain banks and financial institutions party thereto as lenders and issuing banks. Pursuant to the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, the Company amended and restated the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement.
The Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement provides for a $750.0 million term loan facility (the “Term Loan”), which will be due and payable on May 25, 2027 or, if greater than $200.0 million of our 0% convertible senior notes are outstanding on November 16, 2025 (the “Springing Maturity Condition”), November 16, 2025 (the “Springing Maturity Date”). The Term Loan amortizes in quarterly installments of 0.25%, payable at the end of each fiscal quarter and on the maturity date.
The Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement also provides for a $500.0 million revolving credit facility (the “Revolving Facility”), $35.0 million of which will mature on June 20, 2024 (the “Non-Consenting Commitments”), with the rest ($465.0 million) maturing on December 10, 2026 (the “Consenting Commitments”) or if the Springing Maturity Condition is met and the Term Loan is outstanding on such date, the Springing Maturity Date. The key terms of the Revolving Facility remain substantially unchanged from those set forth in the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, including requiring compliance with a total level of liquidity of not less than $250.0 million and maintaining a minimum total four-quarter revenue level of $3.0 billion (which are replaced with a covenant to maintain a minimum debt to adjusted EBITDA ratio upon our meeting a specified adjusted EBITDA threshold).
The Revolving Facility bears interest at a rate equal to, at our option, either at the Adjusted Term SOFR Rate (as defined in the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement) plus 2.25% per annum or the Alternate Base Rate (as defined in the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement) plus 1.25% per annum for the Consenting Commitments, and bears interest at a rate equal to, at our option, either at the Adjusted Term SOFR Rate plus 2.75% per annum or the Alternate Base Rate plus 1.75% per annum for the Non-Consenting Commitments. The Company is required to pay an annual commitment fee of 0.325% per annum and 0.375% per annum on a quarterly basis based on the unused portion of the Revolving Facility for the Consenting Commitments and the Non-Consenting Commitments, respectively.
The Term Loan bears interest at a rate equal to, at our option, either at the Alternate Base Rate (as defined in the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement) plus 5.50% per annum or the Adjusted Term SOFR Rate (as defined in the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement) plus 6.50% per annum. Each such margin will increase one time by 0.50% per annum if the Company chooses not to obtain a public rating for the Term Loan from S&P Global Ratings or Moody’s Investors Services, Inc. on or prior to November 25, 2022. Any borrowing at the Alternate Base Rate is subject to a 1.00% floor and a term loan borrowed at the Adjusted Term SOFR Rate is subject to a 0.50% floor and any revolving loan borrowed at the Adjusted Term SOFR Rate is subject to a 0.00% floor.
The Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement contains customary affirmative covenants as well as customary covenants that restrict our ability to, among other things, incur additional indebtedness, sell certain assets, guarantee obligations of third parties, declare dividends or make certain distributions, and undergo a merger or consolidation or certain other transactions. The Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement also contains certain customary events of default. Certain baskets and covenant levels have been decreased and will apply equally to both the Term Loan and Revolving Facility for so long as the Term Loan is outstanding. After the repayment in full of the Term Loan, such baskets and levels will revert to those previously disclosed in connection with the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement.
The obligations under the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement with respect to the Term Loan and the Revolving Facility are secured by substantially all of our assets, with certain exceptions set forth in the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, and are required to be guaranteed by certain material subsidiaries of the Company if, at the end of future financial quarters, certain conditions are not met.
As of June 30, 2022, we were in compliance with the covenants under the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement. As of June 30, 2022, we had drawn the full amount of the Term Loan and we had not drawn on the Revolving Facility, and we therefore had $750.0 million total outstanding borrowings under the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement. As of June 30, 2022, we had outstanding letters of credit totaling $77.6 million, of which $69.9 million was secured against the Revolver.
60
Cash Flows
| Fiscal Year Ended June 30, | ||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2022 | 2021 | 2020 | ||||||||
| (in millions) | ||||||||||
| Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities | $ | (2,020.0) | $ | (239.7) | $ | 376.4 | ||||
| Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities | 153.3 | (585.1) | (741.3) | |||||||
| Net cash provided by financing activities | 2,015.1 | 916.8 | 1,240.2 |
Operating Activities
Net cash used in operating activities of $2,020.0 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2022 was primarily due to a net loss of $2,827.7 million and a net increase in operating assets and liabilities of $623.6 million, partially offset by an increase in non-cash adjustments of $1,431.2 million. The increase in cash used in operating activities was primarily due to a $398.6 million increase in inventory levels as we ramped up supply to support anticipated demand ahead of the 2021 holiday season that did not materialize and prepared for the relaunch of Tread in the United States, Canada, U.K. and Germany, a $168.6 million decrease in accounts payable and accrued expenses as a result of a decrease in payables due to decreased inventory spending in the latter half of fiscal 2022, as well as increased efficiency in our accounts payable process, and $36.8 million increase in customer deposits and deferred revenue driven by timing of sales and deliveries in the period. Non-cash adjustments primarily consisted of goodwill and long lived asset impairment expense, stock-based compensation expense, excess and obsolete inventory reserves, depreciation and amortization, and non-cash operating lease expense.
Investing activities
Net cash provided by investing activities for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2022 of $153.3 million was primarily related to sales and maturities of marketable securities of $517.7 million, partially offset by $337.3 million used for capital expenditures primarily related to construction of Peloton Output Park in Troy Township, Ohio, the continued build out of our showrooms and offices, and software placed into service throughout the year.
Financing activities
Net cash provided by financing activities of $2,015.1 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2022 was primarily related to proceeds of $1,218.8 million from the Offering, proceeds from issuance of the Term Loan of $696.4 million, exercises of stock options of $84.3 million, and $17.3 million in net proceeds from withholdings under the 2019 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
Commitments
As of June 30, 2022, our contractual obligations were as follows:
| Payments due by period | ||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Contractual obligations: | Total | Less than | 1-3 years | 3-5 years | More than | |||||||||||||
| 1 year | 5 years | |||||||||||||||||
| (in millions) | ||||||||||||||||||
| Lease obligations (1) | $ | 1,091.1 | $ | 138.4 | $ | 246.9 | $ | 208.3 | $ | 497.5 | ||||||||
| Minimum guarantees (2) | 298.7 | 129.8 | 168.9 | — | — | |||||||||||||
| Unused credit facility fee payments (3) | 7.0 | 1.6 | 3.2 | 2.2 | — | |||||||||||||
| Other purchase obligations (4) | 101.9 | 60.0 | 35.7 | 6.2 | — | |||||||||||||
| Convertible senior notes (5) | 1,000.0 | — | — | 1,000.0 | — | |||||||||||||
| Supplier settlements (6) | 148.8 | 148.8 | — | — | — | |||||||||||||
| Term loan | $ | 750.0 | $ | 7.5 | $ | 15.0 | $ | 727.5 | $ | — | ||||||||
| Total | $ | 3,397.5 | $ | 486.1 | $ | 469.7 | $ | 1,944.2 | $ | 497.5 |
(1) Lease obligations relate to our office space, warehouses, production studios, equipment, and retail showrooms and microstores. As of June 30, 2022, the Company had additional operating leases for real estate that have not yet commenced of $15.2 million which has been included above. The original lease terms are between one and twenty-one years, and the majority of the lease agreements are renewable at the end of the lease period. The Company has finance lease obligations of $3.1 million, also included above.
(2) We are subject to minimum royalty payments associated with our license agreements for the use of licensed content. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Business— We are a party to many music license agreements that are complex and impose numerous obligations upon us that may make it difficult to operate our business, and a breach of such agreements could adversely affect our business, operating results, and financial condition.”
(3) Pursuant to the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, we are required to pay a commitment fee of 0.325% and 0.375% on a quarterly basis based on the unused portion of the Revolving Facility for the revolving loans maturing on December 10, 2026 and June 20, 2024, respectively. As of June 30, 2022, we had outstanding letters of credit totaling $77.6 million, of which $69.9 million was secured against the Revolver.
(4) Other purchase obligations include all other non-cancelable contractual obligations. These contracts are primarily related to cloud computing costs.
(5) Refer to Note 12 - Debt in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further details regarding our convertible senior notes obligations.
(6) Supplier settlements relate to payments to third-party suppliers to exit purchase commitments. Subsequent to June 30, 2022 the Company entered into an additional $97.3 million to be paid through fiscal 2023.
61
The commitment amounts in the table above are associated with contracts that are enforceable and legally binding and that specify all significant terms, including fixed or minimum services to be used, fixed, minimum or variable price provisions, and the approximate timing of the actions under the contracts.
We utilize contract manufacturers to build our products and accessories. These contract manufacturers acquire components and build products based on demand forecast information we supply, which typically covers a rolling 12-month period. Consistent with industry practice, we acquire inventories from such manufacturers through blanket purchase orders against which orders are applied based on projected demand information and availability of goods. Such purchase commitments typically cover our forecasted product and manufacturing requirements for periods that range a number of months. In certain instances, these agreements allow us the option to cancel, reschedule, and/or adjust our requirements based on our business needs for a period of time before the order is due to be fulfilled. While our purchase orders are legally cancellable in many situations, some purchase orders are not cancellable in the event of a demand plan change or other circumstances, such as where the supplier has procured unique, Peloton-specific designs, and/or specific non-cancellable, non-returnable components based on our provided forecasts.
As of June 30, 2022, our commitments to contract with third-party manufacturers for their inventory on-hand and component purchase commitments related to the manufacture of our products were estimated to be approximately $334.7 million. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—Our operating results could be adversely affected if we are unable to accurately forecast consumer demand for our products and services and adequately manage our inventory.”
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
We did not have any undisclosed off-balance sheet arrangements as of June 30, 2022.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
See Note 2 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K under the heading “Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements” for a discussion about new accounting pronouncements adopted and not yet adopted as of the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Critical Accounting Estimates
Our discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with GAAP. In preparing the consolidated financial statements, we make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, stockholders’ equity, revenue, expenses, and related disclosures. We re-evaluate our estimates on an on-going basis. Our estimates are based on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Because of the uncertainty inherent in these matters, actual results may differ from these estimates and could differ based upon other assumptions or conditions. The critical accounting policies that reflect our more significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements include those noted below.
Revenue Recognition
Our primary source of revenue is from sales of our Connected Fitness Products and related accessories and associated recurring Subscription revenue, as well as Precor branded fitness products, delivery and installation services.
We determine revenue recognition through the following steps in accordance with ASC 606:
•identification of the contract, or contracts, with a customer;
•identification of the performance obligations in the contract;
•determination of the transaction price;
•allocation of the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; and
•recognition of revenue when, or as, we satisfy a performance obligation.
Revenue is recognized when control of the promised goods or services is transferred to our customers, in an amount that reflects the consideration that we expect to be entitled to in exchange for those goods or services. Our revenue is reported net of sales returns, discounts, incentives, and rebates to commercial distributors as a reduction of the transaction price. Certain contracts include consideration payable that is accounted for as a payment for distinct goods or services. Our transaction price estimate includes our estimate for product returns and concessions based on the terms and conditions of home trial programs, historical return trends by product category, impact of seasonality, an evaluation of current economic and market conditions, and current business practices, and record the expected customer refund liability as a reduction to revenue, and the expected inventory right of recovery as a reduction of cost of revenue. If actual return costs differ from previous estimates, the amount of the liability and corresponding revenue are adjusted in the period in which such costs occur.
There is not significant judgement required in the determination of performance obligations, allocation of our transaction price, or the recognition of revenue. See further discussion in Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements.
As described in Note 13 of the consolidated financial statements, the Company announced voluntary recalls of the Company's Tread+ and Tread products, permitting customers to return the products for a refund. The amount of a refund customers are eligible to receive may differ based on the status of an approved remediation of the issue driving the recall, and the age of the CFU being returned. We estimate a returns reserve
62
primarily based on historical and expected product returns, product warranty and service call trends. We also consider current trends in consumer behavior in order to identify correlations to current trends in returns. However, with current uncertainty in the global economy, negative press and general sentiment surrounding Peloton’s post-pandemic business and financial performance, absence of a remediation plan with the Consumer Product Safety Commission, predicting expected product returns based on historical returns becomes less relevant, requiring reliance on highly subjective estimates based on our interpretation of how current conditions and factors will drive consumer behavior. Since the inception of the product recall, we have recorded return provisions as a reduction to Connected Fitness Products revenue of approximately $139.9 million. As of June 30, 2022 and June 30, 2021, our returns reserve related to the impacts of the recalls was $39.9 million and $40.8 million, respectively.
Inventory Valuation
We review our inventory to ensure that its carrying value does not exceed its net realizable value (“NRV”), with NRV based on the estimated selling price of inventory in the ordinary course of business, less estimated costs of completion, disposal and transportation. When our expectations indicate that the carrying value of inventory may exceed its NRV, we perform an exercise to calculate the approximate amount by which carrying value is greater than NRV and record additional cost of revenue for the difference. Once a write-off occurs, a new, lower cost basis is established. Should our estimates used in these calculations change in the future, such as estimated selling prices or disposal costs, additional write-downs may occur.
We also regularly monitor inventory quantities on hand and in transit and reserve for excess and obsolete inventories using estimates based on historical experience, historical and projected sales trends, specific categories of inventory, and age of on-hand inventory. Inventories presented in the Consolidated Balance Sheets are net of reserves for excess and obsolete inventory. If actual conditions or product demands are less favorable than our assumptions, additional inventory reserves may be required.
Product Warranty
We offer a standard product warranty that our Connected Fitness Products and Precor branded fitness products will operate under normal, non-commercial use for a period of one year covering the touchscreen and most original Bike, Bike+, Tread, Tread+, and Guide components from the date of original delivery. We have the obligation, at our option, to either repair or replace the defective product. At the time revenue is recognized, an estimate of future warranty costs, including costs associated with service of Connected Fitness Products outside of the warranty period, is recorded as a component of cost of revenue. Factors that affect the warranty obligation include historical as well as current product failure rates, service delivery costs incurred in correcting product failures, including the expected utilization of our logistics network, and warranty policies and business practices. Our products are manufactured both in-house and by contract manufacturers, and in certain cases, we may have recourse to such contract and component manufacturers.
We also offer the option for customers in some markets to purchase a third-party extended warranty and service contract that extends or enhances the technical support, parts, and labor coverage offered as part of the base warranty included with the Connected Fitness Product for an additional period of 12 to 36 months.
Revenue and related fees paid to the third-party provider are recognized on a gross basis as we have a continuing obligation to perform over the service period. Extended warranty revenue is recognized ratably over the extended warranty coverage period and is included in Connected Fitness Products revenue in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss.
Goodwill and Intangible Assets
Goodwill represents the excess of the aggregate of the consideration transferred and the amount recognized for non-controlling interest, if any, over the fair value of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination. The Company has no intangible assets with indefinite useful lives.
Intangible assets other than goodwill are comprised of acquired developed technology, brand name, customer relationships, distributor relationships, and other finite-lived intangible assets. At initial recognition, intangible assets acquired in a business combination or asset acquisition are recognized at their fair value as of the date of acquisition. Following initial recognition, intangible assets are carried at acquisition date fair value less accumulated amortization and impairment losses, if any, and are amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of the asset.
We review goodwill for impairment annually on April 1 of each fiscal year or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that an impairment may exist. The process of evaluating the potential impairment of goodwill is highly subjective and requires significant judgment. In conducting our annual impairment test, we first review qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If factors indicate that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, we perform a quantitative assessment and the fair value of the reporting unit is estimated by analyzing the expected present value of future cash flows. If the carrying value of the reporting unit continues to exceed its fair value, the fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill is calculated and an impairment loss equal to the excess is recorded.
We assess the impairment of intangible assets whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable.
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
We test our long-lived asset groups when changes in circumstances indicate their carrying value may not be recoverable. Events that trigger a test for recoverability include material adverse changes in projected revenues and expenses, present cash flow losses combined with a history
63
of cash flow losses and a forecast that demonstrates significant continuing losses, significant negative industry or economic trends, a current expectation that a long-lived asset group will be disposed of significantly before the end of its useful life, a significant adverse change in the manner in which an asset group is used or in its physical condition, or when there is a change in the asset grouping. When a triggering event occurs, a test for recoverability is performed, comparing projected undiscounted future cash flows to the carrying value of the asset group. If the test for recoverability identifies a possible impairment, the asset group’s fair value is measured relying primarily on a discounted cash flow method. To the extent available, we will also consider third-party valuations of our long-lived assets that were prepared for other business purposes. An impairment charge is recognized for the amount by which the carrying value of the asset group exceeds its estimated fair value. When an impairment loss is recognized for assets to be held and used, the adjusted carrying amounts of those assets are depreciated over their remaining useful life.
For our Connected Fitness segment and Subscription segment, we evaluate long-lived tangible assets at the lowest level at which independent cash flows can be identified, which is dependent on the strategy and expected future use of our long-lived assets. We evaluate corporate assets or other long-lived assets that are not segment-specific at the consolidated level.
We measure the fair value of an asset group based on market prices (i.e., the amount for which the asset could be sold to a third party) when available. When market prices are not available, we generally estimate the fair value of the asset group using the income approach and/or the market approach. The income approach uses cash flow projections. Inherent in our development of cash flow projections are assumptions and estimates derived from a review of our operating results, business plan forecasts, expected growth rates, and cost of capital, similar to those a market participant would use to assess fair value. We also make certain assumptions about future economic conditions and other data. Many of the factors used in assessing fair value are outside the control of management, and these assumptions and estimates may change in future periods.
Changes in assumptions or estimates can materially affect the fair value measurement of an asset group and, therefore, can affect the test results. Since there is typically no active market for our long-lived tangible assets, we estimate fair values based on the expected future cash flows. We estimate future cash flows based on historical results, current trends, and operating and cash flow projections. Our estimates are subject to uncertainty and may be affected by a number of factors outside our control, including general economic conditions and the competitive environment. While we believe our estimates and judgments about future cash flows are reasonable, future impairment charges may be required if the expected cash flow estimates, as projected, do not occur or if events change requiring us to revise our estimates.
During fiscal 2022, we identified various qualitative factors that collectively indicated that the Company had triggering events, including (i) realignment of cost structure in connection with the Restructuring Plan, (ii) softening demand and (iii) a sustained decrease in stock price.
Business Combination
To determine whether transactions should be accounted for as acquisitions of assets or business combinations, we make certain judgments, which include assessment of the inputs, processes, and outputs associated with the acquired set of activities. If we determine that substantially all of the fair value of gross assets included in a transaction is concentrated in a single asset (or a group of similar assets), the assets would not represent a business. To be considered a business, the assets in a transaction need to include an input and a substantive process that together significantly contribute to the ability to create outputs.
We allocate the fair value of the purchase consideration to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values at the acquisition date. The fair values of intangible assets are determined utilizing information available near the acquisition date based on expectations and assumptions that are deemed reasonable by management. Given the considerable judgment involved in determining fair values, we typically obtain assistance from third-party valuation specialists for significant items. Any excess of the purchase price (consideration transferred) over the estimated fair values of net assets acquired is recorded as goodwill. Transaction costs are expensed as incurred. Amounts recorded in a business combination may change during the measurement period, which is a period not to exceed one year from the date of acquisition, as additional information about conditions that existed at the acquisition date becomes available.
Loss Contingencies
We are involved in legal proceedings, claims, and regulatory, tax, and government inquiries and investigations that arise in the ordinary course of business. Certain of these matters include claims for substantial or indeterminate amounts of damages. We record a liability when we believe that it is both probable that a loss has been incurred and the amount can be reasonably estimated. If we determine that a loss is reasonably possible and the loss or range of loss can be reasonably estimated, we disclose the possible loss in the accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements. If we determine that a loss is reasonably possible but the loss or range of loss cannot be reasonably estimated, we state that such an estimate cannot be made.
We review the developments in our contingencies that could affect the amount of the provisions that have been previously recorded, and the matters and related reasonably possible losses disclosed. We make adjustments to our provisions and changes to our disclosures accordingly to reflect the impact of negotiations, settlements, rulings, advice of legal counsel, and updated information. Significant judgment is required to determine both the probability and the estimated amount of loss. These estimates have been based on our assessment of the facts and circumstances at each balance sheet date and are subject to change based on new information and future events.
The outcome of legal proceedings, claims, and regulatory, tax, and government inquiries and investigations is inherently uncertain. Therefore, if one or more of these matters were resolved against us for amounts in excess of management’s expectations, our results of operations and financial condition, including in a particular reporting period in which any such outcome becomes probable and estimable, could be materially adversely affected.
64
FY 2021 10-K MD&A
SEC filing source: 0001639825-21-000256.
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. As discussed in the section titled "Special Note Regarding Forward Looking Statements," the following discussion and analysis contains forward looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties, as well as assumptions that, if they never materialize or prove incorrect, could cause our results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by such forward looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to these differences include, but are not limited to, those identified below and those discussed in the section titled "Risk Factors" in Part I, Item 1A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
48
Overview
Peloton is the largest interactive fitness platform in the world with a loyal community of over 5.9 million Members as of June 30, 2021. We pioneered connected, technology-enabled fitness, and the streaming of immersive, instructor-led boutique classes to our Members anytime, anywhere. We make fitness entertaining, approachable, effective, and convenient, while fostering social connections that encourage our Members to be the best versions of themselves. We define a Member as any individual who has a Peloton account through a paid Connected Fitness Subscription, or a paid Peloton Digital subscription.
Our Connected Fitness Product portfolio includes the Peloton Bike, Bike+, and the Peloton Tread and Tread+. Our revenue is generated primarily from the sale of our Connected Fitness Products and associated recurring subscription revenue. We have historically experienced significant growth in sales of our Connected Fitness Products, which, when combined with our low Average Net Monthly Connected Fitness Churn has led to significant growth in Connected Fitness Subscriptions. From fiscal year 2020 to fiscal year 2021, total revenue grew 120%, and our Connected Fitness Subscription base grew 114%.
Our compelling financial profile is characterized by high growth, strong retention, recurring revenue, and efficient customer acquisition. Our low Average Net Monthly Connected Fitness Churn, together with our high Subscription Contribution Margin, allows us to generate attractive value from our Connected Fitness Subscriptions. When we acquire new Connected Fitness Subscriptions, we are often able to offset our subscription acquisition costs with the gross profit earned on our Connected Fitness Products. This allows for rapid payback of our sales and marketing investments and results in a robust unit economic model.
For fiscal years 2021, 2020 and 2019:
•We generated total revenue of $4,021.8 million, $1,825.9 million and $915.0 million respectively, representing 120% and 100% year-over-year growth;
•As of June 30, 2021, 2020 and 2019, we had 2,330,700, 1,091,100 and 511,200 Connected Fitness Subscriptions, respectively, representing 114% and 113% year-over-year growth;
•Our Average Net Monthly Connected Fitness Churn was 0.61%, 0.62% and 0.65%, respectively;
•We recognized net losses of $189.0 million, $71.6 million and $195.6 million, respectively;
•Our Adjusted EBITDA was $253.7 million, $117.7 million and $(71.3) million, respectively; and
•Our Subscription Contribution Margin was 67.2%, 63.8%, and 50.8%, respectively.
For a definition of Connected Fitness Subscriptions and Average Net Monthly Connected Fitness Churn, see the section titled “—Key Operational and Business Metrics”.
See the section titled “—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for definitions of and information regarding our use of Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA Margin, Subscription Contribution and Subscription Contribution Margin, and a reconciliation of each of net loss to Adjusted EBITDA and Subscription Gross Profit to Subscription Contribution.
Fourth quarter fiscal 2021 update and recent developments
The past fiscal year represented an inflection point for the connected fitness industry, with significant increases in awareness and demand following the onset of the COVID-19 pandemic. As we have discussed in the past, this necessitated significant investments in manufacturing capacity, logistics and expedited shipping to reduce order-to-delivery windows, which we were pleased to restore to pre-pandemic levels during the fourth quarter.
To support our large long-term growth opportunity, on May 24, 2021, we announced plans to build our first U.S. factory. Peloton Output Park will sit on over 200 acres of land in Troy Township, Ohio and will feature more than a million square feet of manufacturing, office, and amenities space, making it one of the largest connected fitness plants in the world. This state-of-the-art factory will diversify our manufacturing footprint, provide additional capacity to support our growth, drive production efficiencies through automation and scale, and accelerate our speed-to-market. Peloton Output Park will complement our existing manufacturing assets and contract partnerships in Taiwan and the recently acquired Precor assets in North Carolina and Washington state. We expect to begin producing Bike, Bike+, and Tread products at POP starting in calendar 2023.
Since our founding, Peloton's mission has been to help people be the best version of themselves by making it easier to access world-class fitness and wellness content. Today, we announced our latest step in making Peloton more attainable by lowering the price of our original, award-winning Peloton Bike across all of our markets to $1,495 USD, or $39 per month with our 39-month financing plan. We know price remains a barrier to purchase and are pleased to offer our most popular product at an attractive everyday price point. We are also introducing a longer 43-month 0% financing term option for Bike+ and Tread across all regions, which equates to $59 per month.
During the fourth fiscal quarter, we also celebrated the first anniversary of the Peloton Pledge, our four-year, $100 million investment to support the fight against racial injustice and inequality and promote health and well-being for all. In fiscal 2021, we expanded our Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion team, increased starting wages for our hourly team members, launched new learning and development programs for our team, and updated our recruiting, hiring, and onboarding practices to make them even more inclusive. We intend to continue to raise awareness of and reaffirm our commitment to becoming an anti-racist organization and hold ourselves accountable to ongoing progress.
Content
49
On April 30, 2021, during our virtual Peloton Homecoming 2021, we were pleased to announce the expansion of Peloton Programs, curated collections of exclusive classes designed to make it easier for Members to meet their fitness goals. Spanning nearly 190 classes across nine disciplines, Programs are sortable based on instructor, duration, modality and number of classes, while featuring sequential classes, a progress bar, and achievement badges. Since re-launch, Members have taken over 3 million classes as part of a Program.
Strength remains our fastest-growing modality, demonstrating the effectiveness of our content investments and cementing our position as a full-body fitness solution. During fiscal 2021, total connected fitness Strength workouts grew 256% year-on-year and now represent 18% of the total mix, up from 13% in fiscal 2020. We continue to invest in content to support this demand and during Q4 added our inaugural Strength First instructors, Callie Gullickson and Rad Lopez, both of whom have been extremely well-received by our community.
We also relaunched our Yoga content, adding three new instructors, introducing content in additional languages, and debuting a Beginner Yoga program to help newcomers learn the discipline. These changes have made our content more accessible and approachable to a wider audience; for example, Mariana Fernández, our first Spanish language instructor, had her classes taken over 200,000 times by well over 100,000 Members in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2021.
Our teams also reimagined our Scenic rides from the ground up and during Homecoming launched refreshed content to provide distance-based, time-based, and guided workouts featuring responsive video, curated and ever-changing playlists, and new locations. We are pleased with the initial reception during the quarter, with roughly 20% of our active Bike / Bike+ Members taking at least one scenic ride after the re-launch.
Software
We continue to invest heavily in software development and this quarter we were excited to introduce Strive Score, a personal, non-competitive metric that utilizes a compatible heart rate monitor to track effort. Many of our most popular workout modalities -- such as strength, HIIT, and bootcamp classes -- don’t have easily comparable power-based outputs from a connected device, but can be measured via Strive Score, which awards points based on the length of time spent in different Heart Rate zones. Since its launch, over 850 thousand Members have utilized Strive Score to enhance their workouts.
Corporate Wellness
We have long believed that Peloton provides a perfect solution for corporations and organizations looking to provide wellness benefits for their employees, and on June 22nd, we officially launched the Peloton Corporate Wellness program. This initiative will provide employers, insurers, and other partners the ability to offer their employees and Members subsidized access to Peloton Digital subscriptions, All Access Memberships, and/or Connected Fitness Products.
The corporate wellness market is large and growing, and we are uniquely positioned to add value through our proven ability to drive high engagement and Member satisfaction, while also offering back-end enterprise features that reduce administrative load, including tools to measure program impact via a secure, easy-to-use portal. Our initial launch partners include Wayfair, Samsung, SAP, Accenture Interactive, and Sky (in the U.K.) and on July 20th we announced our first partnership with a health insurer, United Healthcare, the largest provider in the U.S.
Product recall update
In April 2021, the U.S. Consumer Product Safety Commission (“CPSC”) unilaterally issued a warning to consumers about the safety hazards associated with the Tread+. Thereafter, on May 5, 2021, we announced separate, voluntary recalls of each of our Tread+ and Tread products in collaboration with the CPSC and halted sales of these products to work on product enhancements. Members were notified that they could return their Tread or Tread + for a full refund, have the unit moved to another location or wait until a solution is available. During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2021, we accrued for a reduction to connected fitness products revenue for actual and estimated future returns of approximately $81 million. We also expect to continue to incur additional costs which could include costs for which we have not accrued or established adequate reserves, including increases to the return reserves, inventory write-downs, logistics costs associated with Member requests to return or move their hardware, subscription waiver variable costs of service, anticipated recall-related hardware development and repair costs, and related legal and advisory fees. Recall charges are based upon estimates associated with our expected and historical consumer response rates. Our plans for the recalls are still being finalized and actual costs related to this matter may vary from the estimate, and may result in further impacts to our future results of operations and business.
Key Operational and Business Metrics
50
In addition to the measures presented in our consolidated financial statements, we use the following key operational and business metrics to evaluate our business, measure our performance, develop financial forecasts, and make strategic decisions.
| Fiscal Year Ended June 30, | ||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2021 | 2020 | 2019 | ||||||||
| Ending Connected Fitness Subscriptions | 2,330,700 | 1,091,100 | 511,200 | |||||||
| Average Net Monthly Connected Fitness Churn | 0.61 | % | 0.62 | % | 0.65 | % | ||||
| Total Workouts (in millions) | 459.7 | 164.5 | 52.2 | |||||||
| Average Monthly Workouts per Connected Fitness Subscription | 22.0 | 17.9 | 11.5 | |||||||
| Subscription Gross Profit (in millions) | $ | 541.7 | $ | 208.0 | $ | 77.4 | ||||
| Subscription Contribution (in millions)(1) | $ | 586.5 | $ | 232.1 | $ | 91.9 | ||||
| Subscription Gross Margin | 62.1 | % | 57.2 | % | 42.7 | % | ||||
| Subscription Contribution Margin(1) | 67.2 | % | 63.8 | % | 50.8 | % | ||||
| Net loss (in millions) | $ | (189.0) | $ | (71.6) | $ | (195.6) | ||||
| Adjusted EBITDA (in millions)(2) | $ | 253.7 | $ | 117.7 | $ | (71.3) | ||||
| Adjusted EBITDA Margin(2) | 6.3 | % | 6.4 | % | (7.8) | % |
______________________________
(1) Please see the section titled “Non-GAAP Financial Measures—Subscription Contribution and Subscription Contribution Margin” for a reconciliation of Subscription Gross Profit to Subscription Contribution and an explanation of why we consider Subscription Contribution and Subscription Contribution Margin to be helpful metrics for investors.
(2) Please see the section titled “Non-GAAP Financial Measures—Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin” for a reconciliation of net loss to Adjusted EBITDA and an explanation of why we consider Adjusted EBITDA to be a helpful metric for investors.
Connected Fitness Subscriptions
Our ability to expand the number of Connected Fitness Subscriptions is an indicator of our market penetration and growth. We define a Connected Fitness Subscription as a person, household, or commercial property, such as a hotel or residential building, who has either paid for a subscription to a Connected Fitness Product (a Connected Fitness Subscription with a successful credit card billing or with prepaid subscription credits or waivers) or requested a "pause" to their subscription for up to 3 months. We do not include canceled or unpaid Connected Fitness Subscriptions in the Connected Fitness Subscription count.
Average Net Monthly Connected Fitness Churn
We use Average Net Monthly Connected Fitness Churn to measure the retention of our Connected Fitness Subscriptions. We define Average Net Monthly Connected Fitness Churn as Connected Fitness Subscription cancellations, net of reactivations, in the quarter, divided by the average number of beginning Connected Fitness Subscriptions in each month, divided by three months. This metric does not include data related to our Peloton Digital subscriptions for Members who pay a monthly fee for access to our content library on their own devices.
Total Workouts and Average Monthly Workouts per Connected Fitness Subscription
We review Total Workouts and Average Monthly Workouts per Connected Fitness Subscription to measure engagement, which is the leading indicator of retention for our Connected Fitness Subscriptions. We define Total Workouts as all workouts completed during a given period. We define a Workout as a Connected Fitness Subscription for Members either completing at least 50% of an instructor-led or scenic ride or run, or ten or more minutes of “Just Ride” or “Just Run” mode. We define Average Monthly Workouts per Connected Fitness Subscription as the Total Workouts completed in the quarter divided by the average number of Connected Fitness Subscriptions in each month, divided by three months.
Components of our Results of Operations
Revenue
Connected Fitness Products
Connected Fitness Product revenue consists of sales of our portfolio of Connected Fitness Products and related accessories, delivery and installation services, branded apparel, extended warranty agreements, and the sale, service, installation, and delivery contracts of our commercial business. Connected Fitness Product revenue is recognized at the time of delivery, except for extended warranty revenue which is recognized over the warranty period and service revenue which is recognized over the term, and is recorded net of returns and discounts and third-party financing program fees, when applicable.
Subscription
Subscription revenue consists of revenue generated from our monthly $39.00 Connected Fitness Subscription and $12.99 Peloton Digital subscription.
As of June 30, 2021, 98% and 100% of our Connected Fitness Subscription and Peloton Digital subscription bases were paying month-to-month, respectively.
51
If a Connected Fitness Subscription owns both a Bike and Tread product in the same household, the price of the Subscription remains $39.00 monthly. As of June 30, 2021, approximately 3% of our Connected Fitness Subscriptions owned both a Bike and Tread product.
Cost of revenue
Connected Fitness Products
Connected Fitness Product cost of revenue consists of our portfolio of Connected Fitness Products and branded apparel product costs, including manufacturing costs, duties and other applicable importing costs, shipping and handling costs, packaging, warranty replacement and service costs, fulfillment costs, warehousing costs, depreciation of property and equipment, and certain costs related to management, facilities, and personnel-related expenses associated with supply chain logistics. As we launch new Connected Fitness Products and continue to grow our presence in new regions where we have not yet achieved economies of scale, we expect to incur higher cost of revenue (as a percentage of sales) for our Connected Fitness Products.
Subscription
Subscription cost of revenue includes costs associated with content creation and costs to stream content to our Members. These costs consist of both fixed costs, including studio rent and occupancy, other studio overhead, instructor and production personnel-related expenses, depreciation of property and equipment as well as variable costs, including music royalty fees, content costs for past use, third-party platform streaming costs, and payment processing fees for our monthly subscription billings. While our fixed costs currently represent the majority of these costs, music royalty fees are our largest subscription variable cost. As we have grown the number of licensing agreements with music rights holders, music royalty fees as a percent of our subscription revenue has increased. However, unlike music streaming services where having an exhaustive music catalog is vital to be able to compete for customers, we have control over what music we select for our classes. As a result, we expect to be able to manage music expense such that, over time, these fees as a percentage of subscription revenue will flatten, or even decrease.
Operating expenses
Sales and marketing
Sales and marketing expense consists of performance marketing media spend, asset creation, and other brand creative, all showroom expenses and related lease payments, payment processing fees incurred in connection with the sale of our Connected Fitness Products, sales and marketing personnel-related expenses, expenses related to Peloton Digital, and depreciation of property and equipment. We intend to continue to invest in our sales and marketing capabilities in the future and expect this expense to increase in absolute dollars in future periods as we release new products and expand internationally. Sales and marketing expense as a percentage of total revenue may fluctuate from period to period based on total revenue and the timing of our investments in our sales and marketing functions as these investments may vary in scope and scale over future periods.
General and administrative
General and administrative expense includes personnel-related expenses and facilities-related costs primarily for our executive, finance, accounting, legal, human resources, and IT functions. General and administrative expense also includes fees for professional services principally comprised of legal, audit, tax and accounting services, depreciation of property and equipment, and insurance, as well as litigation settlement costs.
We expect to continue to incur additional general and administrative expenses as a result of operating as a public company, including expenses related to compliance and reporting obligations of public companies, and increased costs for insurance, investor relations expenses, and professional services. As a result, we expect that our general and administrative expenses will increase in absolute dollars in future periods and vary from period to period as a percentage of revenue, but we expect to leverage these expenses over time as we grow our revenue and Connected Fitness Subscription base.
Research and development
Research and development expense primarily consists of personnel and facilities-related expenses, consulting and contractor expenses, tooling and prototype materials, software platform expenses, and depreciation of property and equipment. We capitalize certain qualified costs incurred in connection with the development of internal-use software which may also cause research and development expenses to vary from period to period. We expect our research and development expenses to increase in absolute dollars in future periods and vary from period to period as a percentage of total revenue as we continue to hire personnel to develop new and enhance existing Connected Fitness Products and interactive software.
Non-operating income and expenses
Other (expense) income, net
Other (expense) income, net consists of interest (expense) income, realized gains (losses) on investments, amortization of debt issuance costs, and impacts from foreign exchange transactions.
Income tax provision
The provision for income taxes consists primarily of income taxes related to state and international taxes for jurisdictions in which we conduct business. We maintain a valuation allowance on the majority of our deferred tax assets as we have concluded that it is more likely than not that the deferred assets will not be utilized.
52
Results of Operations
The following tables set forth our consolidated results of operations in dollars and as a percentage of total revenue for the periods presented. The period-to-period comparisons of our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future.
| Fiscal Year Ended June 30, | ||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2021 | 2020 | 2019 | ||||||||
| (in millions) | ||||||||||
| Consolidated Statement of Operations Data: | ||||||||||
| Revenue | ||||||||||
| Connected Fitness Products | $ | 3,149.7 | $ | 1,462.2 | $ | 733.9 | ||||
| Subscription | 872.2 | 363.7 | 181.1 | |||||||
| Total revenue | 4,021.8 | 1,825.9 | 915.0 | |||||||
| Cost of revenue(1)(2) | ||||||||||
| Connected Fitness Products | 2,239.3 | 833.5 | 427.8 | |||||||
| Subscription | 330.5 | 155.7 | 103.7 | |||||||
| Total cost of revenue | 2,569.8 | 989.1 | 531.4 | |||||||
| Gross profit | 1,452.0 | 836.7 | 383.6 | |||||||
| Operating expenses | ||||||||||
| Sales and marketing(1)(2) | 729.7 | 477.0 | 324.0 | |||||||
| General and administrative(1)(2) | 662.4 | 351.6 | 207.0 | |||||||
| Research and development(1)(2) | 247.8 | 89.0 | 54.8 | |||||||
| Total operating expenses | 1,639.8 | 917.6 | 585.8 | |||||||
| Loss from operations | (187.8) | (80.8) | (202.3) | |||||||
| Other (expense) income, net | (10.4) | 12.4 | 6.7 | |||||||
| Loss before provision for income tax | (198.2) | (68.4) | (195.6) | |||||||
| Income tax (benefit) expense | (9.2) | 3.3 | 0.1 | |||||||
| Net loss | $ | (189.0) | $ | (71.6) | $ | (195.6) |
____________________
(1) Includes stock-based compensation expense as follows:
| Fiscal Year Ended June 30, | ||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2021 | 2020 | 2019 | ||||||||
| (in millions) | ||||||||||
| Cost of revenue | ||||||||||
| Connected Fitness Products | $ | 12.6 | $ | 3.2 | $ | 0.3 | ||||
| Subscription | 25.9 | 7.5 | 3.2 | |||||||
| Total cost of revenue | 38.5 | 10.7 | 3.5 | |||||||
| Sales and marketing | 26.2 | 15.3 | 8.4 | |||||||
| General and administrative | 102.1 | 52.4 | 70.5 | |||||||
| Research and development | 27.2 | 10.4 | 7.1 | |||||||
| Total stock-based compensation expense | $ | 194.0 | $ | 88.8 | $ | 89.5 |
____________________
53
(2) Includes depreciation and amortization expense as follows:
| Fiscal Year Ended June 30, | ||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2021 | 2020 | 2019 | ||||||||
| (in millions) | ||||||||||
| Cost of revenue | ||||||||||
| Connected Fitness Products | $ | 7.7 | $ | 3.2 | $ | 1.2 | ||||
| Subscription | 19.0 | 16.6 | 11.3 | |||||||
| Total cost of revenue | 26.7 | 19.9 | 12.6 | |||||||
| Sales and marketing | 14.3 | 9.3 | 4.0 | |||||||
| General and administrative | 13.0 | 10.6 | 5.2 | |||||||
| Research and development | 9.9 | 0.3 | — | |||||||
| Total depreciation and amortization expense | $ | 63.8 | $ | 40.2 | $ | 21.7 |
Comparison of the fiscal years ended June 30, 2021 and 2020
Revenue
| Fiscal Year Ended June 30, | |||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2021 | 2020 | % Change | |||||||
| (dollars in millions) | |||||||||
| Revenue: | |||||||||
| Connected Fitness Products | $ | 3,149.7 | $ | 1,462.2 | 115.4% | ||||
| Subscription | 872.2 | 363.7 | 139.8 | ||||||
| Total revenue | $ | 4,021.8 | $ | 1,825.9 | 120.3% | ||||
| Percentage of revenue | |||||||||
| Connected Fitness Products | 78.3 | % | 80.1 | % | |||||
| Subscription | 21.7 | 19.9 | |||||||
| Total | 100.0 | % | 100.0 | % |
Connected Fitness Products revenue increased $1,687.4 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021 compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020. This increase was primarily attributable to the significant growth in the number of Connected Fitness Products delivered during the period, which was the result of investments made in brand and product awareness, compounded by a strong increase in demand driven by the stay-at-home orders issued by governments around the world in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, as well as incremental deliveries as a result of significant investments in expedited freight to alleviate backlog demand, all partially offset by the halt of sales and increased returns of Tread and Tread+ due to the voluntary recall.
Subscription revenue increased $508.5 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021 compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020. This increase was primarily attributable to the year-over-year growth in our Connected Fitness Subscriptions. The growth of our Connected Fitness Subscriptions was primarily driven by the increased number of Connected Fitness Products delivered during the period and our low Average Net Monthly Connected Fitness Churn of 0.61% for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021. We believe engagement is a leading indicator of retention. Our Member engagement continued to grow with 22.0 Average Monthly Workouts per Connected Fitness Subscription during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021, compared to 17.9 Average Monthly Workouts per Connected Fitness Subscription for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020. Members with Connected Fitness Subscriptions worked out with us 459.7 million times in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021, up from 164.5 million workouts during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020, representing year-over-year growth of 180%.
Cost of Revenue, Gross Profit, and Gross Margin
54
| Fiscal Year Ended June 30, | |||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2021 | 2020 | % Change | |||||||
| Cost of Revenue: | |||||||||
| Connected Fitness Products | $ | 2,239.3 | $ | 833.5 | 168.7% | ||||
| Subscription | 330.5 | 155.7 | 112.3 | ||||||
| Total cost of revenue | $ | 2,569.8 | $ | 989.1 | 159.8% | ||||
| Gross Profit: | |||||||||
| Connected Fitness Products | $ | 910.3 | $ | 628.8 | 44.8% | ||||
| Subscription | 541.7 | 208.0 | 160.4 | ||||||
| Total Gross profit | $ | 1,452.0 | $ | 836.7 | 73.5% | ||||
| Gross Margin: | |||||||||
| Connected Fitness Products | 28.9 | % | 43.0 | % | |||||
| Subscription | 62.1 | % | 57.2 | % |
Connected Fitness Products cost of revenue for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021 increased $1,405.9 million, or 168.7%, compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020. This increase was primarily driven by costs associated with the growth in the number of Connected Fitness Products delivered during the period, our investments in expedited shipping to alleviate our backlog of demand, and increased shipping and component part costs that we expect to carry into the next fiscal year.
Our Connected Fitness Product Gross Margin decreased by 1,410 basis points for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021 compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020 primarily driven by the price reduction on our Bike from $2,245 to $1,895 in September 2020, charges associated with the voluntary recalls of Tread+ and Tread, and expedited shipping investments.
Subscription cost of revenue for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021 increased $174.8 million, or 112.3%, compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020. This increase was primarily driven by an increase of $117.1 million in music royalty and streaming delivery fees driven by increased usage of our platform as our Subscription base and engagement continued to increase, an increase of $18.6 million in personnel-related expenses excluding stock-based compensation expense, due to increased headcount, an increase of $18.4 million in stock-based compensation expense driven by increased headcount and bonuses, and an increase of $12.9 million in payment processing fees for our monthly subscription billing.
Subscription Gross Margin increased by 492 basis points for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021 compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020, primarily driven by fixed cost leverage with more Connected Fitness Subscriptions, and relative current period decreases in certain travel and studio expenditures due to COVID-19 restrictions.
Operating Expenses
Sales and Marketing
| Fiscal Year Ended June 30, | |||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2021 | 2020 | % Change | |||||||
| Sales and marketing | $ | 729.7 | $ | 477.0 | 53.0% | ||||
| As a percentage of total revenue | 18.1 | % | 26.1 | % |
Sales and marketing expense increased $252.6 million, or 53.0% when comparing the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021 with the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020. These increases were primarily due to an increase in spending on advertising and marketing programs of $121.8 million. We resumed marketing in the second half of the year given our improved order-to-delivery position. The year-over-year increase in sales and marketing expense was further driven by an increase in personnel-related expenses of $49.9 million, excluding stock-based compensation expense, due to increased headcount, a volume-based increase in payment processing fees of $38.6 million, and an increase in expenses related to our showrooms of $16.9 million.
55
General and Administrative
| Fiscal Year Ended June 30, | |||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2021 | 2020 | % Change | |||||||
| General and administrative | $ | 662.4 | $ | 351.6 | 88.4% | ||||
| As a percentage of total revenue | 16.5 | % | 19.3 | % |
General and administrative expense increased $310.8 million, or 88.4% when comparing the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021 with the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020. This increase was primarily due to an increase in professional services fees and system implementation costs of $117.9 million related primarily to the upgrading of our back-office systems and infrastructure as well as various acquisitions and related integration costs, an increase in personnel-related expenses of $97.2 million, excluding stock-based compensation expense, due to increased headcount as a result of being a public company, an increase in stock-based compensation expense of $49.7 million driven by increased headcount and bonuses, and an increase in business operations costs of $14.4 million primarily driven by higher recruitment agency fees and relocation expense.
Research and Development
| Fiscal Year Ended June 30, | |||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2021 | 2020 | % Change | |||||||
| Research and development | $ | 247.8 | $ | 89.0 | 178.5% | ||||
| As a percentage of total revenue | 6.2 | % | 4.9 | % |
Research and development expense increased $158.8 million, or 178.5% when comparing the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021 with the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020. This increase was primarily due to an increase in personnel-related expenses, which, excluding stock-based compensation expense, increased $67.1 million, due to increased headcount, an increase of $49.4 million in product development and research costs associated with development of new software features and products, an increase in stock-based compensation expense of $16.8 million driven by increased headcount and bonuses, and an increase of $12.5 million in software expense.
Other (Expense) Income, Net and Income Tax (Benefit) Expense
| Fiscal Year Ended June 30, | |||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2021 | 2020 | % Change | |||||||
| Other (expense) income, net | $ | (10.4) | $ | 12.4 | NM | ||||
| Income tax (benefit) expense | $ | (9.2) | $ | 3.3 | NM |
___________________________
*NM - not meaningful
Other (expense) income, net, was comprised of the following for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021:
•Interest expense primarily related to the amortization of the convertible notes discount and deferred financing costs of $(14.8) million
•Interest income from cash, cash equivalents, and short-term investments of $7.9 million; and
•Foreign exchange losses of $(3.5) million.
Other (expense) income, net, was comprised of the following for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020:
•Interest expense primarily related to the secured revolving credit facility of $(2.0) million
•Interest income from cash, cash equivalents, and short-term investments of $18.2 million; and
•Foreign exchange losses of $(3.8) million.
Income tax benefit for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021 of $(9.2) million was primarily due to adjustments to the valuation allowance resulting from acquisitions during the period, partially offset by state and international taxes.
Non-GAAP Financial Measures
56
In addition to our results determined in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, or GAAP, we believe the following non-GAAP financial measures are useful in evaluating our operating performance.
Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin
We calculate Adjusted EBITDA as net (loss) income adjusted to exclude: other expense (income), net; income tax (benefit) expense; depreciation and amortization expense; stock-based compensation expense; transaction and integration costs; certain litigation expenses, consisting of legal settlements and related fees for specific proceedings that arise outside of the ordinary course of our business; product recall costs; specific non-recurring costs associated with COVID-19; short-term purchase accounting adjustments; impairment charges for fixed assets; and restructuring costs. Adjusted EBITDA Margin is calculated by dividing Adjusted EBITDA by total revenue.
We use Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin as measures of operating performance and the operating leverage in our business. We believe that these non-GAAP financial measures are useful to investors for period-to-period comparisons of our business and in understanding and evaluating our operating results for the following reasons:
•Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin are widely used by investors and securities analysts to measure a company’s operating performance without regard to items such as stock-based compensation expense, depreciation and amortization expense, other (income) expense, net, and provision for income taxes that can vary substantially from company to company depending upon their financing, capital structures, and the method by which assets were acquired;
•Our management uses Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin in conjunction with financial measures prepared in accordance with GAAP for planning purposes, including the preparation of our annual operating budget, as a measure of our core operating results and the effectiveness of our business strategy, and in evaluating our financial performance; and
•Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin provide consistency and comparability with our past financial performance, facilitate period-to-period comparisons of our core operating results, and also facilitate comparisons with other peer companies, many of which use similar non-GAAP financial measures to supplement their GAAP results.
Our use of Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin have limitations as analytical tools, and you should not consider these measures in isolation or as substitutes for analysis of our financial results as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations are, or may in the future be, as follows:
•Although depreciation and amortization expense are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized may have to be replaced in the future, and Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin do not reflect cash capital expenditure requirements for such replacements or for new capital expenditure requirements;
•Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin exclude stock-based compensation expense, which has recently been, and will continue to be for the foreseeable future, a significant recurring expense for our business and an important part of our compensation strategy;
•Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin do not reflect: (1) changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs; (2) interest expense, or the cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal payments on our debt, which reduces cash available to us; or (3) tax payments that may represent a reduction in cash available to us;
•Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin do not reflect certain litigation expenses, consisting of legal settlements and related fees for specific proceedings that we have determined arise outside of the ordinary course of business based on the following considerations which we assess regularly: (i) the frequency of similar cases that have been brought to date, or are expected to be brought within two years, (ii) the complexity of the case, (iii) the nature of the remedy(ies) sought, including the size of any monetary damages sought, (iv) offensive versus defensive posture of us, (v) the counterparty involved, and (vi) our overall litigation strategy;
•Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin do not reflect transaction and integration costs related to acquisitions;
•Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin do not reflect incremental costs associated with COVID-19, which consist of hazard pay for field operations employees;
•Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin do not reflect impairment charges, and gains (losses) on disposals for fixed assets;
•Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin do not reflect the impact of purchase accounting adjustments to inventory related to the Precor acquisition;
•Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin do not reflect the impact of restructuring costs;
•Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin do not reflect costs associated with Tread and Tread+ product recalls including increases to the return reserves, Tread+ inventory write-downs, logistics costs associated with Member requests on Tread and Tread+, the cost to move the Tread+ for those that elect the option, subscription waiver costs of service, and recall-related hardware development and repair costs; and
•The expenses and other items that we exclude in our calculation of Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin may differ from the expenses and other items, if any, that other companies may exclude from Adjusted EBITDA when they report their operating results and we may, in the future, exclude other significant, unusual or non-recurring expenses or other items from these financial measures.
Because of these limitations, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin should be considered along with other operating and financial performance measures presented in accordance with GAAP.
The following table presents a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net loss, the most directly comparable financial measure prepared in accordance with GAAP, for each of the periods indicated:
Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin
57
| Fiscal Year Ended June 30, | ||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2021 | 2020 | 2019 | ||||||||
| Net loss | $ | (189.0) | $ | (71.6) | $ | (195.6) | ||||
| Adjusted to exclude the following: | ||||||||||
| Other expense (income), net | 10.4 | (12.4) | (6.7) | |||||||
| Income tax (benefit) expense | (9.2) | 3.3 | 0.1 | |||||||
| Depreciation and amortization expense | 63.8 | 40.2 | 21.7 | |||||||
| Stock-based compensation expense | 194.0 | 88.8 | 89.5 | |||||||
| Product recalls(1) | 100.0 | — | — | |||||||
| Litigation and settlement expenses (2) | 35.8 | 60.1 | 12.1 | |||||||
| Transaction and integration costs (3) | 28.9 | 0.9 | 0.4 | |||||||
| Other adjustment items (4) | 18.9 | 8.5 | 7.2 | |||||||
| Adjusted EBITDA | $ | 253.7 | $ | 117.7 | $ | (71.3) | ||||
| Adjusted EBITDA Margin | 6.3 | % | 6.4 | % | (7.8) | % |
______________________
(1) Represents adjustments and charges associated with the Tread and Tread+ product recall, as well as accrual adjustments. These include a reduction to connected fitness products revenue for actual and estimated future returns of $81.1 million and recorded costs in connected fitness products cost of revenue associated with inventory write-downs, logistic costs, and repair costs of $15.7 million and operating expenses of $3.2 million associated with subscription wavers and recall-related hardware development.
(2) Includes litigation fees for certain ongoing patent infringement litigation, consumer arbitration, and product recalls for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021, and confidential settlements and associated legal fees relating to two previously disclosed legal matters—“Downtown Music Publishing LLC et. al v. Peloton Interactive” and “Flywheel Sports, Inc.” for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020.
(3) Includes transaction and integration costs primarily associated with the acquisition and integration of Precor Fitness for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021.
(4) Includes incremental costs associated with COVID-19 of $5.9 million, short-term purchase accounting adjustments of $4.6 million, asset impairment charges of $4.5 million, and restructuring costs of $4.0 million for fiscal year ended June 30, 2021. Includes $8.5 million of incremental costs associated with COVID-19 for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020, and $7.2 million of ground lease expense related to build-to-suit lease obligations under ASC 840 for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019.
Subscription Contribution and Subscription Contribution Margin
We define Subscription Contribution as subscription revenue less cost of subscription revenue, adjusted to exclude from cost of subscription revenue, depreciation and amortization expense, and stock-based compensation expense. Subscription Contribution Margin is calculated by dividing Subscription Contribution by subscription revenue.
We use Subscription Contribution and Subscription Contribution Margin to measure our ability to scale and leverage the costs of our Connected Fitness Subscriptions. We believe that these non-GAAP financial measures are useful to investors for period-to-period comparisons of our business and in understanding and evaluating our operating results because our management uses Subscription Contribution and Subscription Contribution Margin in conjunction with financial measures prepared in accordance with GAAP for planning purposes, including the preparation of our annual operating budget, as a measure of our core operating results and the effectiveness of our business strategy, and in evaluating our financial performance.
The use of Subscription Contribution and Subscription Contribution Margin as analytical tools has limitations, and you should not consider these in isolation or as substitutes for analysis of our financial results as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations are as follows:
•Although depreciation and amortization expense are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized may have to be replaced in the future, and Subscription Contribution and Subscription Contribution Margin do not reflect cash capital expenditure requirements for such replacements or for new capital expenditure requirements; and
•Subscription Contribution and Subscription Contribution Margin exclude stock-based compensation expense, which has recently been, and will continue to be for the foreseeable future, a significant recurring expense for our business and an important part of our compensation strategy.
Because of these limitations, Subscription Contribution and Subscription Contribution Margin should be considered along with other operating and financial performance measures presented in accordance with GAAP.
The following table presents a reconciliation of Subscription Contribution to Subscription Gross Profit, the most directly comparable financial measure prepared in accordance with GAAP, for each of the periods indicated:
58
| Fiscal Year Ended June 30, | ||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2021 | 2020 | 2019 | ||||||||
| (dollars in millions) | ||||||||||
| Subscription Revenue | $ | 872.2 | $ | 363.7 | $ | 181.1 | ||||
| Less: Cost of Subscription | 330.5 | 155.7 | 103.7 | |||||||
| Subscription Gross Profit | $ | 541.7 | $ | 208.0 | $ | 77.4 | ||||
| Subscription Gross Margin | 62.1 | % | 57.2 | % | 42.7 | % | ||||
| Add back: | ||||||||||
| Depreciation and amortization expense | $ | 19.0 | $ | 16.6 | $ | 11.3 | ||||
| Stock-based compensation expense | 25.9 | 7.5 | 3.2 | |||||||
| Subscription Contribution | $ | 586.5 | $ | 232.1 | $ | 91.9 | ||||
| Subscription Contribution Margin | 67.2 | % | 63.8 | % | 50.8 | % |
The continued growth of our Connected Fitness Subscription base will allow us to improve our Subscription Contribution Margin. While there are variable costs, including music royalties, associated with our Connected Fitness Subscriptions, a significant portion of our content creation costs are fixed given that we operate with a limited number of production studios and instructors. The fixed nature of those expenses should scale over time as we grow our Connected Fitness Subscription base.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Our operations have been funded primarily through net proceeds from the sales of our equity and convertible debt securities, as well as cash flows from operating activities. As of June 30, 2021, we had cash and cash equivalents of approximately $1.1 billion and marketable securities of $472.0 million.
As of June 30, 2021, our marketable securities portfolio primarily consists of U.S. government notes and investment grade corporate debt securities.
We believe our existing cash and cash equivalent balances, cash flow from operations, marketable securities portfolio, and amounts available for borrowing under our Amended Credit Agreement (described below) will be sufficient to meet our working capital and capital expenditure needs for at least the next 12 months. Our future capital requirements may vary materially from those currently planned and will depend on many factors, including our rate of revenue growth, timing and amount of spending related to acquisitions, the timing and amount of spending on research and development and manufacturing initiatives, the timing and financial impact of recently announced product recalls, growth in sales and marketing activities, the timing of new Connected Fitness Product introductions, market acceptance of our Connected Fitness Products, timing and investments needed for international expansion, and overall economic conditions. Further, we may use cash to satisfy exercise payments and/or tax withholdings in connection with the settlement of equity awards, or other stock buyback programs. To the extent that current and anticipated future sources of liquidity are insufficient to fund our future business activities and requirements, we may be required to seek additional equity or debt financing. The sale of additional equity would result in additional dilution to our stockholders. The incurrence of debt financing would result in debt service obligations and the instruments governing such debt could provide for operating and financing covenants that would restrict our operations. There can be no assurances that we will be able to raise additional capital. The inability to raise capital would adversely affect our ability to achieve our business objectives.
Convertible Notes
In February 2021, we issued $1.0 billion aggregate principal amount of 0% Convertible Senior Notes due 2026 (the "Notes") in a private offering, including the exercise in full of the over-allotment option granted to the initial purchasers of $125.0 million. The Notes were issued pursuant to an Indenture (the "Indenture") between us and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee. The Notes are our senior unsecured obligations and do not bear regular interest, and the principal amount of the Notes does not accrete. The net proceeds from this offering were approximately $977.2 million, after deducting the initial purchasers' discounts and commissions and our offering expenses. For additional details, refer to Note 12 – Debt - 'Convertible Senior Notes' included in the “Notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements” in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Amended Credit Agreement
In June 2019, we entered into an amended and restated loan and security agreement, or the Amended Credit Agreement, with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, lead arranger and bookrunner and Bank of America, N.A., Barclays Bank PLC, Goldman Sachs Lending Partners LLC and Silicon Valley Bank, as joint syndication agents, which amended and restated our prior secured revolving credit facility.
On February 8, 2021, we entered into a First Amendment (the “First Amendment”) to the Amended Credit Agreement to revise certain covenants that restricted the incurrence of indebtedness to permit the Capped Call Transactions and issuance of the Notes.
On March 18, 2021, we entered into a Joinder Agreement (the "Joinder") to the Amended Credit Agreement, as amended by the First Amendment, to add Citibank, N.A. as a lender under the Amended Credit Agreement and to provide for an increase of the commitments available under the revolving credit facility by $35.0 million from $250.0 million to $285.0 million.
59
The Amended Credit Agreement provides for a $285.0 million secured revolving credit facility, including up to the lesser of $150.0 million and the aggregate unused amount of the facility for the issuance of letters of credit. Interest on the Amended Credit Agreement is paid based on LIBOR plus 2.75% or an Alternative Base Rate plus 1.75%. We are required to pay an annual commitment fee of 0.375% on a quarterly basis based on the unused portion of the revolving credit facility. The principal amount, if any, is payable in full in June 2024. As of June 30, 2021, we had not drawn on the credit facility and did not have outstanding borrowings under the Amended Credit Agreement. As of June 30, 2021, we had outstanding letters of credit totaling $4.8 million issued primarily to cover security deposits for an operating lease obligation.
We have the option to repay our borrowings under the Amended Credit Agreement without premium or penalty prior to maturity. The Amended Credit Agreement contains customary affirmative covenants, such as financial statement reporting requirements and delivery of borrowing base certificates, as well as customary covenants that include limitations on our ability to, among other things, incur additional indebtedness, sell certain assets, guarantee obligations of third parties, declare dividends or make certain distributions, and undergo a merger or consolidation or certain other transactions. The Amended Credit Agreement also contains certain financial condition covenants, including maintaining a total level of liquidity of not less than $125.0 million and maintaining certain minimum total revenue ranging from $725.0 million to $1,985.0 million depending on the applicable date of determination.
Cash Flows
| Fiscal Year Ended June 30, | ||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2021 | 2020 | 2019 | ||||||||
| (in millions) | ||||||||||
| Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities | $ | (239.7) | $ | 376.4 | $ | (108.6) | ||||
| Net cash used in investing activities | (585.1) | (741.3) | (297.5) | |||||||
| Net cash provided by financing activities | 916.8 | 1,240.2 | 417.2 |
Operating Activities
Net cash used in operating activities of $239.7 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021 was primarily due to a net loss of $189.0 million and a decrease in net change in operating assets and liabilities of $400.6 million, partially offset by non-cash adjustments of $349.9 million. The decrease in net operating assets and liabilities was primarily due to a $587.2 million increase in inventory levels as we ramped up supply to meet increased demand and prepare for the relaunch of Tread in the U.S., Canada, U.K. and Germany and a $212.7 million decrease in customer deposits and deferred revenue driven by reduced order-to-delivery timeframes, partially offset by a $439.8 million increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses related to increased inventory and other expenditures to support general business growth. Non-cash adjustments primarily consisted of stock-based compensation expense, depreciation and amortization, and non-cash operating lease expense.
Investing activities
Net cash used in investing activities for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021 of $585.1 million was primarily related to $556.3 million relating to acquisitions, purchases of marketable securities of $449.1 million, and $241.0 million used for capital expenditures primarily related to the continued build out of our New York City headquarters, our new Peloton studios in London, our new manufacturing facilities in Taiwan, and new showrooms, partially offset by maturities of marketable securities of $665.9 million.
Financing activities
Net cash provided by financing activities of $916.8 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021 was primarily related to proceeds from the issuance of convertible debt of $977.2 million, partially offset by $81.3 million of capped call transactions entered into concurrently with the convertible debt issuance.
Commitments
As of June 30, 2021, our contractual obligations were as follows:
| Payments due by period | ||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Contractual obligations: | Total | Less than | 1-3 years | 3-5 years | More than | |||||||||||||
| 1 year | 5 years | |||||||||||||||||
| (in millions) | ||||||||||||||||||
| Lease obligations (1) | $ | 1,211.3 | $ | 108.7 | $ | 268.0 | $ | 240.3 | $ | 594.3 | ||||||||
| Minimum guarantees (2) | 26.8 | 11.2 | 15.7 | — | — | |||||||||||||
| Unused credit facility fee payments (3) | 3.1 | 1.1 | 2.1 | — | ||||||||||||||
| Other purchase obligations (4) | 111.1 | 55.8 | 52.3 | 3.0 | — | |||||||||||||
| Convertible senior notes (5) | 1,000.0 | — | — | 1,000.0 | — | |||||||||||||
| Total | $ | 2,352.3 | $ | 176.7 | $ | 338.0 | $ | 1,243.3 | $ | 594.3 |
60
(1) Lease obligations relate to our office space, warehouses, production studios, equipment, and retail showrooms and microstores. As of June 30, 2021, the Company has additional operating leases for real estate that have not yet commenced of $263.9 million which has been included above. The Company also has finance lease obligations of $3.3 million, also included above. The lease terms are between one and twenty-one years, and the majority of the lease agreements are renewable at the end of the lease period.
(2) We are subject to minimum royalty payments associated with our license agreements for the use of licensed content. See "Risk Factors --Our Most Material Financial, Operational, and Execution Risks— We are a party to many music license agreements that are complex and impose numerous obligations upon us that may make it difficult to operate our business, and a breach of such agreements could adversely affect our business, operating results, and financial condition."
(3) The Company is required to pay a commitment fee of 0.375% based on the unused portion of the revolving credit facility. As of June 30, 2021, we were contingently liable for approximately $4.8 million in standby letters of credit for our operating lease obligations.
(4) Other purchase obligations include all other non-cancelable contractual obligations. These contracts are primarily related to cloud computing costs.
(5) Refer to Note 12 in the "Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements" in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further details regarding our convertible senior notes obligations.
The commitment amounts in the table above are associated with contracts that are enforceable and legally binding and that specify all significant terms, including fixed or minimum services to be used, fixed, minimum or variable price provisions, and the approximate timing of the actions under the contracts.
Purchase orders or contracts for the purchase of certain goods and services are not included in the table. We cannot determine the aggregate amount of such purchase orders that represent contractual obligations because purchase orders may represent authorizations to purchase rather than binding agreements. Our purchase orders are based on our current needs and are fulfilled by our suppliers and manufacturers within short periods of time. We subcontract with other companies to manufacture our products. During the normal course of business, we and our manufacturers procure components based upon a forecasted production plan. If we cancel all or part of the orders, we may be liable to our suppliers and manufacturers for the cost of the non-utilized component orders or components purchased by our manufacturers.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
We did not have any undisclosed off-balance sheet arrangements as of June 30, 2021.
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
Our discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with GAAP. In preparing the consolidated financial statements, we make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, stockholders’ equity/deficit, revenue, expenses, and related disclosures. We re-evaluate our estimates on an on-going basis. Our estimates are based on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Because of the uncertainty inherent in these matters, actual results may differ from these estimates and could differ based upon other assumptions or conditions. The critical accounting policies that reflect our more significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements include those noted below.
Revenue Recognition
Our primary source of revenue is from sales of its Connected Fitness Products and related accessories and associated recurring Subscription revenue, as well as Precor branded fitness products, delivery and installation services.
We determine revenue recognition through the following steps in accordance with ASC 606:
•identification of the contract, or contracts, with a customer;
•identification of the performance obligations in the contract;
•determination of the transaction price;
•allocation of the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; and
•recognition of revenue when, or as, we satisfy a performance obligation.
Revenue is recognized when control of the promised goods or services is transferred to our customers, in an amount that reflects the consideration that we expect to be entitled to in exchange for those goods or services. Our revenue is reported net of sales returns and discounts, as a reduction of the transaction price. We estimate our liability for product returns based on historical return trends by product category, impact of seasonality, and an evaluation of current economic and market conditions and records the expected customer refund liability as a reduction to revenue, and the expected inventory right of recovery as a reduction of cost of revenue. If actual return costs differ from previous estimates, the amount of the liability and corresponding revenue are adjusted in the period in which such costs occur.
Some of our contracts with customers contain multiple performance obligations. For customer contracts that include multiple performance obligations, we account for individual performance obligations if they are distinct. The transaction price is then allocated to each performance obligation based on its standalone selling price. We generally determine the standalone selling price based on the prices charged to customers.
Deferred revenue is recorded for nonrefundable cash payments received for our performance obligation to transfer, or stand ready to transfer, goods or services in the future. Deferred revenue consists of subscription fees billed that have not been recognized. Customer deposits represent payments received in advance before we transfer a good or service to the customer and are refundable.
As described in Note 13 of the consolidated financial statements, the Company announced voluntary recalls of the Company's Tread+ and Tread products, permitting customers to return the products for a refund. We estimate a returns reserve primarily based on historical and expected product returns.
61
Product Warranty
We offer a standard product warranty that its Connected Fitness Products and Precor branded fitness products will operate under normal, non-commercial use for a period of one year from the date of original delivery. We have the obligation, at our option, to either repair or replace the defective product. At the time revenue is recognized, an estimate of future warranty costs, including costs associated with service of Connected Fitness Products outside of the warranty period, is recorded as a component of cost of revenue. Factors that affect the warranty obligation include historical as well as current product failure rates, service delivery costs incurred in correcting product failures, and warranty policies and business practices. Our products are manufactured both in-house and by contract manufacturers, and in certain cases, we may have recourse to such contract manufacturers.
We also offer the option for customers in some markets to purchase a third-party extended warranty and service contract that extends or enhances the technical support, parts, and labor coverage offered as part of the base warranty included with the Connected Fitness Product for an additional period of 12 to 27 months.
Revenue and related fees paid to the third-party provider are recognized on a gross basis as we have a continuing obligation to perform over the service period. Extended warranty revenue is recognized ratably over the extended warranty coverage period and is included in Connected Fitness Product revenue in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss.
Goodwill and Intangible Assets
Goodwill represents the excess of the aggregate of the consideration transferred and the amount recognized for non-controlling interest, if any, over the fair value of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination.
Intangible assets other than goodwill are comprised of acquired developed technology, brand name, customer relationships, distributor relationships, and other definite-lived intangible assets. At initial recognition, intangible assets acquired in a business combination or asset acquisition are recognized at their fair value as of the date of acquisition. Following initial recognition, intangible assets are carried at acquisition date fair value less accumulated amortization and impairment losses, if any, and are amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of the asset.
We review goodwill for impairment annually on April 1 of each fiscal year or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that an impairment may exist. In conducting our annual impairment test, we first review qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If factors indicate that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, we perform a quantitative assessment and the fair value of the reporting unit is determined by analyzing the expected present value of future cash flows. If the carrying value of the reporting unit continues to exceed its fair value, the fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill is calculated and an impairment loss equal to the excess is recorded. We assess the impairment of intangible assets whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable.
Business Combination
To determine whether transactions should be accounted for as acquisitions of assets or business combinations, we make certain judgments, which include assessment of the inputs, processes, and outputs associated with the acquired set of activities. If we determine that substantially all of the fair value of gross assets included in a transaction is concentrated in a single asset (or a group of similar assets), the assets would not represent a business. To be considered a business, the assets in a transaction need to include an input and a substantive process that together significantly contribute to the ability to create outputs.
We allocate the fair value of the purchase consideration to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values at the acquisition date. The fair values of intangible assets are determined utilizing information available near the acquisition date based on expectations and assumptions that are deemed reasonable by management. Given the considerable judgment involved in determining fair values, we typically obtain assistance from third-party valuation specialists for significant items. Any excess of the purchase price (consideration transferred) over the estimated fair values of net assets acquired is recorded as goodwill. Transaction costs are expensed as incurred. Amounts recorded in a business combination may change during the measurement period, which is a period not to exceed one year from the date of acquisition, as additional information about conditions that existed at the acquisition date becomes available.
Loss Contingencies
We are involved in legal proceedings, claims, and regulatory, tax, and government inquiries and investigations that arise in the ordinary course of business. Certain of these matters include claims for substantial or indeterminate amounts of damages. We record a liability when we believe that it is both probable that a loss has been incurred and the amount can be reasonably estimated. If we determine that a loss is reasonably possible and the loss or range of loss can be reasonably estimated, we disclose the possible loss in the accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements. If we determine that a loss is reasonably possible but the loss or range of loss cannot be reasonably estimated, we state that such an estimate cannot be made.
We review the developments in our contingencies that could affect the amount of the provisions that have been previously recorded, and the matters and related reasonably possible losses disclosed. We make adjustments to our provisions and changes to our disclosures accordingly to reflect the impact of negotiations, settlements, rulings, advice of legal counsel, and updated information. Significant judgment is required to determine both the probability and the estimated amount of loss. These estimates have been based on our assessment of the facts and circumstances at each balance sheet date and are subject to change based on new information and future events.
62
The outcome of litigation is inherently uncertain. Therefore, if one or more of these matters were resolved against us for amounts in excess of management’s expectations, our results of operations and financial condition, including in a particular reporting period in which any such outcome becomes probable and estimable, could be materially adversely affected.
63
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
See Note 2 of the notes to our consolidated financial statements in the section titled “—Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements” in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for a discussion about new accounting pronouncements adopted and not yet adopted as of the date of this report.